]>
Commit | Line | Data |
---|---|---|
41299f41 | 1 | /* Generate code from machine description to compute values of attributes. |
2e0dd623 | 2 | Copyright (C) 1991, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
9e1b6503 | 3 | Contributed by Richard Kenner (kenner@vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu) |
41299f41 TW |
4 | |
5 | This file is part of GNU CC. | |
6 | ||
7 | GNU CC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |
8 | it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |
9 | the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) | |
10 | any later version. | |
11 | ||
12 | GNU CC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |
13 | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |
14 | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |
15 | GNU General Public License for more details. | |
16 | ||
17 | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |
18 | along with GNU CC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to | |
a35311b0 RK |
19 | the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, |
20 | Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ | |
41299f41 | 21 | |
6dc42e49 | 22 | /* This program handles insn attributes and the DEFINE_DELAY and |
41299f41 TW |
23 | DEFINE_FUNCTION_UNIT definitions. |
24 | ||
3e7b5313 | 25 | It produces a series of functions named `get_attr_...', one for each insn |
41299f41 TW |
26 | attribute. Each of these is given the rtx for an insn and returns a member |
27 | of the enum for the attribute. | |
28 | ||
29 | These subroutines have the form of a `switch' on the INSN_CODE (via | |
30 | `recog_memoized'). Each case either returns a constant attribute value | |
31 | or a value that depends on tests on other attributes, the form of | |
32 | operands, or some random C expression (encoded with a SYMBOL_REF | |
33 | expression). | |
34 | ||
35 | If the attribute `alternative', or a random C expression is present, | |
36 | `constrain_operands' is called. If either of these cases of a reference to | |
37 | an operand is found, `insn_extract' is called. | |
38 | ||
39 | The special attribute `length' is also recognized. For this operand, | |
40 | expressions involving the address of an operand or the current insn, | |
41 | (address (pc)), are valid. In this case, an initial pass is made to | |
42 | set all lengths that do not depend on address. Those that do are set to | |
43 | the maximum length. Then each insn that depends on an address is checked | |
44 | and possibly has its length changed. The process repeats until no further | |
45 | changed are made. The resulting lengths are saved for use by | |
46 | `get_attr_length'. | |
47 | ||
3e7b5313 TW |
48 | A special form of DEFINE_ATTR, where the expression for default value is a |
49 | CONST expression, indicates an attribute that is constant for a given run | |
50 | of the compiler. The subroutine generated for these attributes has no | |
51 | parameters as it does not depend on any particular insn. Constant | |
52 | attributes are typically used to specify which variety of processor is | |
53 | used. | |
54 | ||
41299f41 TW |
55 | Internal attributes are defined to handle DEFINE_DELAY and |
56 | DEFINE_FUNCTION_UNIT. Special routines are output for these cases. | |
57 | ||
58 | This program works by keeping a list of possible values for each attribute. | |
59 | These include the basic attribute choices, default values for attribute, and | |
60 | all derived quantities. | |
61 | ||
62 | As the description file is read, the definition for each insn is saved in a | |
63 | `struct insn_def'. When the file reading is complete, a `struct insn_ent' | |
64 | is created for each insn and chained to the corresponding attribute value, | |
65 | either that specified, or the default. | |
66 | ||
67 | An optimization phase is then run. This simplifies expressions for each | |
68 | insn. EQ_ATTR tests are resolved, whenever possible, to a test that | |
69 | indicates when the attribute has the specified value for the insn. This | |
70 | avoids recursive calls during compilation. | |
71 | ||
72 | The strategy used when processing DEFINE_DELAY and DEFINE_FUNCTION_UNIT | |
73 | definitions is to create arbitrarily complex expressions and have the | |
74 | optimization simplify them. | |
75 | ||
76 | Once optimization is complete, any required routines and definitions | |
3e7b5313 TW |
77 | will be written. |
78 | ||
79 | An optimization that is not yet implemented is to hoist the constant | |
80 | expressions entirely out of the routines and definitions that are written. | |
81 | A way to do this is to iterate over all possible combinations of values | |
82 | for constant attributes and generate a set of functions for that given | |
83 | combination. An initialization function would be written that evaluates | |
84 | the attributes and installs the corresponding set of routines and | |
3715a518 RS |
85 | definitions (each would be accessed through a pointer). |
86 | ||
87 | We use the flags in an RTX as follows: | |
88 | `unchanging' (RTX_UNCHANGING_P): This rtx is fully simplified | |
89 | independent of the insn code. | |
90 | `in_struct' (MEM_IN_STRUCT_P): This rtx is fully simplified | |
91 | for the insn code currently being processed (see optimize_attrs). | |
92 | `integrated' (RTX_INTEGRATED_P): This rtx is permanent and unique | |
72f1215c TW |
93 | (see attr_rtx). |
94 | `volatil' (MEM_VOLATILE_P): During simplify_by_exploding the value of an | |
95 | EQ_ATTR rtx is true if !volatil and false if volatil. */ | |
3715a518 | 96 | |
41299f41 | 97 | |
0d64891c | 98 | #include "hconfig.h" |
04fe4385 | 99 | /* varargs must always be included after *config.h. */ |
9e1b6503 | 100 | #ifdef __STDC__ |
04fe4385 | 101 | #include <stdarg.h> |
9e1b6503 | 102 | #else |
04fe4385 | 103 | #include <varargs.h> |
9e1b6503 | 104 | #endif |
0b93b64e | 105 | #include "system.h" |
41299f41 | 106 | #include "rtl.h" |
41299f41 TW |
107 | #include "insn-config.h" /* For REGISTER_CONSTRAINTS */ |
108 | ||
956d6950 JL |
109 | #ifdef HAVE_SYS_RESOURCE_H |
110 | # include <sys/resource.h> | |
f0cdf2b2 RK |
111 | #endif |
112 | ||
31f0534c RS |
113 | /* We must include obstack.h after <sys/time.h>, to avoid lossage with |
114 | /usr/include/sys/stdtypes.h on Sun OS 4.x. */ | |
115 | #include "obstack.h" | |
116 | ||
81fd4c6e | 117 | static struct obstack obstack, obstack1, obstack2; |
41299f41 | 118 | struct obstack *rtl_obstack = &obstack; |
7339c88d | 119 | struct obstack *hash_obstack = &obstack1; |
81fd4c6e | 120 | struct obstack *temp_obstack = &obstack2; |
41299f41 TW |
121 | |
122 | #define obstack_chunk_alloc xmalloc | |
123 | #define obstack_chunk_free free | |
124 | ||
052aaaef RK |
125 | /* Define this so we can link with print-rtl.o to get debug_rtx function. */ |
126 | char **insn_name_ptr = 0; | |
127 | ||
41299f41 | 128 | static void fatal (); |
0b93b64e | 129 | void fancy_abort PROTO((void)); |
41299f41 | 130 | |
0e9414fd MM |
131 | /* enough space to reserve for printing out ints */ |
132 | #define MAX_DIGITS (HOST_BITS_PER_INT * 3 / 10 + 3) | |
133 | ||
41299f41 TW |
134 | /* Define structures used to record attributes and values. */ |
135 | ||
136 | /* As each DEFINE_INSN, DEFINE_PEEPHOLE, or DEFINE_ASM_ATTRIBUTES is | |
137 | encountered, we store all the relevant information into a | |
138 | `struct insn_def'. This is done to allow attribute definitions to occur | |
139 | anywhere in the file. */ | |
140 | ||
141 | struct insn_def | |
142 | { | |
0f41302f MS |
143 | int insn_code; /* Instruction number. */ |
144 | int insn_index; /* Expression numer in file, for errors. */ | |
145 | struct insn_def *next; /* Next insn in chain. */ | |
146 | rtx def; /* The DEFINE_... */ | |
41299f41 | 147 | int num_alternatives; /* Number of alternatives. */ |
0f41302f | 148 | int vec_idx; /* Index of attribute vector in `def'. */ |
41299f41 TW |
149 | }; |
150 | ||
151 | /* Once everything has been read in, we store in each attribute value a list | |
152 | of insn codes that have that value. Here is the structure used for the | |
153 | list. */ | |
154 | ||
155 | struct insn_ent | |
156 | { | |
157 | int insn_code; /* Instruction number. */ | |
158 | int insn_index; /* Index of definition in file */ | |
159 | struct insn_ent *next; /* Next in chain. */ | |
160 | }; | |
161 | ||
162 | /* Each value of an attribute (either constant or computed) is assigned a | |
163 | structure which is used as the listhead of the insns that have that | |
164 | value. */ | |
165 | ||
166 | struct attr_value | |
167 | { | |
168 | rtx value; /* Value of attribute. */ | |
169 | struct attr_value *next; /* Next attribute value in chain. */ | |
170 | struct insn_ent *first_insn; /* First insn with this value. */ | |
171 | int num_insns; /* Number of insns with this value. */ | |
172 | int has_asm_insn; /* True if this value used for `asm' insns */ | |
173 | }; | |
174 | ||
175 | /* Structure for each attribute. */ | |
176 | ||
177 | struct attr_desc | |
178 | { | |
0f41302f MS |
179 | char *name; /* Name of attribute. */ |
180 | struct attr_desc *next; /* Next attribute. */ | |
181 | int is_numeric; /* Values of this attribute are numeric. */ | |
72f1215c | 182 | int negative_ok; /* Allow negative numeric values. */ |
bee757e1 | 183 | int unsigned_p; /* Make the output function unsigned int. */ |
3e7b5313 | 184 | int is_const; /* Attribute value constant for each run. */ |
0f41302f MS |
185 | int is_special; /* Don't call `write_attr_set'. */ |
186 | struct attr_value *first_value; /* First value of this attribute. */ | |
187 | struct attr_value *default_val; /* Default value for this attribute. */ | |
41299f41 TW |
188 | }; |
189 | ||
3d678dca RS |
190 | #define NULL_ATTR (struct attr_desc *) NULL |
191 | ||
bee757e1 TW |
192 | /* A range of values. */ |
193 | ||
194 | struct range | |
195 | { | |
196 | int min; | |
197 | int max; | |
198 | }; | |
199 | ||
41299f41 TW |
200 | /* Structure for each DEFINE_DELAY. */ |
201 | ||
202 | struct delay_desc | |
203 | { | |
204 | rtx def; /* DEFINE_DELAY expression. */ | |
0f41302f | 205 | struct delay_desc *next; /* Next DEFINE_DELAY. */ |
41299f41 TW |
206 | int num; /* Number of DEFINE_DELAY, starting at 1. */ |
207 | }; | |
208 | ||
209 | /* Record information about each DEFINE_FUNCTION_UNIT. */ | |
210 | ||
211 | struct function_unit_op | |
212 | { | |
213 | rtx condexp; /* Expression TRUE for applicable insn. */ | |
214 | struct function_unit_op *next; /* Next operation for this function unit. */ | |
215 | int num; /* Ordinal for this operation type in unit. */ | |
216 | int ready; /* Cost until data is ready. */ | |
bee757e1 TW |
217 | int issue_delay; /* Cost until unit can accept another insn. */ |
218 | rtx conflict_exp; /* Expression TRUE for insns incurring issue delay. */ | |
219 | rtx issue_exp; /* Expression computing issue delay. */ | |
41299f41 TW |
220 | }; |
221 | ||
222 | /* Record information about each function unit mentioned in a | |
223 | DEFINE_FUNCTION_UNIT. */ | |
224 | ||
225 | struct function_unit | |
226 | { | |
227 | char *name; /* Function unit name. */ | |
228 | struct function_unit *next; /* Next function unit. */ | |
229 | int num; /* Ordinal of this unit type. */ | |
230 | int multiplicity; /* Number of units of this type. */ | |
231 | int simultaneity; /* Maximum number of simultaneous insns | |
232 | on this function unit or 0 if unlimited. */ | |
0f41302f | 233 | rtx condexp; /* Expression TRUE for insn needing unit. */ |
41299f41 TW |
234 | int num_opclasses; /* Number of different operation types. */ |
235 | struct function_unit_op *ops; /* Pointer to first operation type. */ | |
236 | int needs_conflict_function; /* Nonzero if a conflict function required. */ | |
bee757e1 | 237 | int needs_blockage_function; /* Nonzero if a blockage function required. */ |
f75d38a7 | 238 | int needs_range_function; /* Nonzero if blockage range function needed.*/ |
41299f41 | 239 | rtx default_cost; /* Conflict cost, if constant. */ |
bee757e1 TW |
240 | struct range issue_delay; /* Range of issue delay values. */ |
241 | int max_blockage; /* Maximum time an insn blocks the unit. */ | |
41299f41 TW |
242 | }; |
243 | ||
244 | /* Listheads of above structures. */ | |
245 | ||
3715a518 RS |
246 | /* This one is indexed by the first character of the attribute name. */ |
247 | #define MAX_ATTRS_INDEX 256 | |
248 | static struct attr_desc *attrs[MAX_ATTRS_INDEX]; | |
41299f41 TW |
249 | static struct insn_def *defs; |
250 | static struct delay_desc *delays; | |
251 | static struct function_unit *units; | |
252 | ||
f75d38a7 RK |
253 | /* An expression where all the unknown terms are EQ_ATTR tests can be |
254 | rearranged into a COND provided we can enumerate all possible | |
255 | combinations of the unknown values. The set of combinations become the | |
256 | tests of the COND; the value of the expression given that combination is | |
257 | computed and becomes the corresponding value. To do this, we must be | |
258 | able to enumerate all values for each attribute used in the expression | |
259 | (currently, we give up if we find a numeric attribute). | |
260 | ||
261 | If the set of EQ_ATTR tests used in an expression tests the value of N | |
262 | different attributes, the list of all possible combinations can be made | |
263 | by walking the N-dimensional attribute space defined by those | |
264 | attributes. We record each of these as a struct dimension. | |
265 | ||
266 | The algorithm relies on sharing EQ_ATTR nodes: if two nodes in an | |
267 | expression are the same, the will also have the same address. We find | |
268 | all the EQ_ATTR nodes by marking them MEM_VOLATILE_P. This bit later | |
269 | represents the value of an EQ_ATTR node, so once all nodes are marked, | |
270 | they are also given an initial value of FALSE. | |
271 | ||
272 | We then separate the set of EQ_ATTR nodes into dimensions for each | |
273 | attribute and put them on the VALUES list. Terms are added as needed by | |
274 | `add_values_to_cover' so that all possible values of the attribute are | |
275 | tested. | |
276 | ||
277 | Each dimension also has a current value. This is the node that is | |
278 | currently considered to be TRUE. If this is one of the nodes added by | |
279 | `add_values_to_cover', all the EQ_ATTR tests in the original expression | |
280 | will be FALSE. Otherwise, only the CURRENT_VALUE will be true. | |
281 | ||
282 | NUM_VALUES is simply the length of the VALUES list and is there for | |
283 | convenience. | |
284 | ||
285 | Once the dimensions are created, the algorithm enumerates all possible | |
286 | values and computes the current value of the given expression. */ | |
287 | ||
288 | struct dimension | |
289 | { | |
290 | struct attr_desc *attr; /* Attribute for this dimension. */ | |
291 | rtx values; /* List of attribute values used. */ | |
292 | rtx current_value; /* Position in the list for the TRUE value. */ | |
293 | int num_values; /* Length of the values list. */ | |
294 | }; | |
295 | ||
0f41302f | 296 | /* Other variables. */ |
41299f41 TW |
297 | |
298 | static int insn_code_number; | |
299 | static int insn_index_number; | |
300 | static int got_define_asm_attributes; | |
301 | static int must_extract; | |
302 | static int must_constrain; | |
303 | static int address_used; | |
d7c665bf | 304 | static int length_used; |
41299f41 TW |
305 | static int num_delays; |
306 | static int have_annul_true, have_annul_false; | |
71d9b493 | 307 | static int num_units, num_unit_opclasses; |
1c69865d | 308 | static int num_insn_ents; |
41299f41 TW |
309 | |
310 | /* Used as operand to `operate_exp': */ | |
311 | ||
71d9b493 | 312 | enum operator {PLUS_OP, MINUS_OP, POS_MINUS_OP, EQ_OP, OR_OP, ORX_OP, MAX_OP, MIN_OP, RANGE_OP}; |
41299f41 | 313 | |
3715a518 RS |
314 | /* Stores, for each insn code, the number of constraint alternatives. */ |
315 | ||
316 | static int *insn_n_alternatives; | |
317 | ||
41299f41 TW |
318 | /* Stores, for each insn code, a bitmap that has bits on for each possible |
319 | alternative. */ | |
320 | ||
321 | static int *insn_alternatives; | |
322 | ||
3715a518 RS |
323 | /* If nonzero, assume that the `alternative' attr has this value. |
324 | This is the hashed, unique string for the numeral | |
325 | whose value is chosen alternative. */ | |
326 | ||
327 | static char *current_alternative_string; | |
328 | ||
41299f41 TW |
329 | /* Used to simplify expressions. */ |
330 | ||
331 | static rtx true_rtx, false_rtx; | |
332 | ||
333 | /* Used to reduce calls to `strcmp' */ | |
334 | ||
81fd4c6e | 335 | static char *alternative_name; |
41299f41 | 336 | |
21ca87b8 MS |
337 | /* Indicate that REG_DEAD notes are valid if dead_or_set_p is ever |
338 | called. */ | |
339 | ||
340 | int reload_completed = 0; | |
341 | ||
c5afbb49 JL |
342 | /* Similarly since PRESERVE_DEATH_INFO_REGNO_P might reference "optimize". */ |
343 | int optimize = 0; | |
344 | ||
41299f41 TW |
345 | /* Simplify an expression. Only call the routine if there is something to |
346 | simplify. */ | |
347 | #define SIMPLIFY_TEST_EXP(EXP,INSN_CODE,INSN_INDEX) \ | |
3715a518 | 348 | (RTX_UNCHANGING_P (EXP) || MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (EXP) ? (EXP) \ |
41299f41 TW |
349 | : simplify_test_exp (EXP, INSN_CODE, INSN_INDEX)) |
350 | ||
3715a518 RS |
351 | /* Simplify (eq_attr ("alternative") ...) |
352 | when we are working with a particular alternative. */ | |
353 | #define SIMPLIFY_ALTERNATIVE(EXP) \ | |
354 | if (current_alternative_string \ | |
355 | && GET_CODE ((EXP)) == EQ_ATTR \ | |
356 | && XSTR ((EXP), 0) == alternative_name) \ | |
357 | (EXP) = (XSTR ((EXP), 1) == current_alternative_string \ | |
358 | ? true_rtx : false_rtx); | |
359 | ||
41299f41 TW |
360 | /* These are referenced by rtlanal.c and hence need to be defined somewhere. |
361 | They won't actually be used. */ | |
362 | ||
68d75312 | 363 | struct _global_rtl global_rtl; |
e5e809f4 | 364 | rtx pic_offset_table_rtx; |
41299f41 | 365 | |
e009aaf3 JL |
366 | static void attr_hash_add_rtx PROTO((int, rtx)); |
367 | static void attr_hash_add_string PROTO((int, char *)); | |
d18225c4 | 368 | static rtx attr_rtx PVPROTO((enum rtx_code, ...)); |
9e1b6503 | 369 | #ifdef HAVE_VPRINTF |
d18225c4 | 370 | static char *attr_printf PVPROTO((int, char *, ...)); |
f75d38a7 | 371 | #else |
3e7b5313 | 372 | static char *attr_printf (); |
f75d38a7 RK |
373 | #endif |
374 | ||
375 | static char *attr_string PROTO((char *, int)); | |
376 | static rtx check_attr_test PROTO((rtx, int)); | |
377 | static rtx check_attr_value PROTO((rtx, struct attr_desc *)); | |
378 | static rtx convert_set_attr_alternative PROTO((rtx, int, int, int)); | |
379 | static rtx convert_set_attr PROTO((rtx, int, int, int)); | |
380 | static void check_defs PROTO((void)); | |
71d9b493 | 381 | #if 0 |
f75d38a7 | 382 | static rtx convert_const_symbol_ref PROTO((rtx, struct attr_desc *)); |
71d9b493 | 383 | #endif |
f75d38a7 RK |
384 | static rtx make_canonical PROTO((struct attr_desc *, rtx)); |
385 | static struct attr_value *get_attr_value PROTO((rtx, struct attr_desc *, int)); | |
386 | static rtx copy_rtx_unchanging PROTO((rtx)); | |
387 | static rtx copy_boolean PROTO((rtx)); | |
388 | static void expand_delays PROTO((void)); | |
389 | static rtx operate_exp PROTO((enum operator, rtx, rtx)); | |
390 | static void expand_units PROTO((void)); | |
391 | static rtx simplify_knowing PROTO((rtx, rtx)); | |
392 | static rtx encode_units_mask PROTO((rtx)); | |
393 | static void fill_attr PROTO((struct attr_desc *)); | |
5836dc64 RS |
394 | /* dpx2 compiler chokes if we specify the arg types of the args. */ |
395 | static rtx substitute_address PROTO((rtx, rtx (*) (), rtx (*) ())); | |
f75d38a7 RK |
396 | static void make_length_attrs PROTO((void)); |
397 | static rtx identity_fn PROTO((rtx)); | |
398 | static rtx zero_fn PROTO((rtx)); | |
399 | static rtx one_fn PROTO((rtx)); | |
400 | static rtx max_fn PROTO((rtx)); | |
e009aaf3 | 401 | static void write_length_unit_log PROTO ((void)); |
f75d38a7 | 402 | static rtx simplify_cond PROTO((rtx, int, int)); |
e9a25f70 | 403 | #if 0 |
f75d38a7 | 404 | static rtx simplify_by_alternatives PROTO((rtx, int, int)); |
e9a25f70 | 405 | #endif |
f75d38a7 RK |
406 | static rtx simplify_by_exploding PROTO((rtx)); |
407 | static int find_and_mark_used_attributes PROTO((rtx, rtx *, int *)); | |
408 | static void unmark_used_attributes PROTO((rtx, struct dimension *, int)); | |
409 | static int add_values_to_cover PROTO((struct dimension *)); | |
410 | static int increment_current_value PROTO((struct dimension *, int)); | |
411 | static rtx test_for_current_value PROTO((struct dimension *, int)); | |
412 | static rtx simplify_with_current_value PROTO((rtx, struct dimension *, int)); | |
413 | static rtx simplify_with_current_value_aux PROTO((rtx)); | |
9a63e81d RK |
414 | static void clear_struct_flag PROTO((rtx)); |
415 | static int count_sub_rtxs PROTO((rtx, int)); | |
f75d38a7 RK |
416 | static void remove_insn_ent PROTO((struct attr_value *, struct insn_ent *)); |
417 | static void insert_insn_ent PROTO((struct attr_value *, struct insn_ent *)); | |
418 | static rtx insert_right_side PROTO((enum rtx_code, rtx, rtx, int, int)); | |
419 | static rtx make_alternative_compare PROTO((int)); | |
420 | static int compute_alternative_mask PROTO((rtx, enum rtx_code)); | |
421 | static rtx evaluate_eq_attr PROTO((rtx, rtx, int, int)); | |
422 | static rtx simplify_and_tree PROTO((rtx, rtx *, int, int)); | |
423 | static rtx simplify_or_tree PROTO((rtx, rtx *, int, int)); | |
424 | static rtx simplify_test_exp PROTO((rtx, int, int)); | |
425 | static void optimize_attrs PROTO((void)); | |
426 | static void gen_attr PROTO((rtx)); | |
427 | static int count_alternatives PROTO((rtx)); | |
428 | static int compares_alternatives_p PROTO((rtx)); | |
429 | static int contained_in_p PROTO((rtx, rtx)); | |
430 | static void gen_insn PROTO((rtx)); | |
431 | static void gen_delay PROTO((rtx)); | |
432 | static void gen_unit PROTO((rtx)); | |
433 | static void write_test_expr PROTO((rtx, int)); | |
434 | static int max_attr_value PROTO((rtx)); | |
fc470718 | 435 | static int or_attr_value PROTO((rtx)); |
f75d38a7 RK |
436 | static void walk_attr_value PROTO((rtx)); |
437 | static void write_attr_get PROTO((struct attr_desc *)); | |
438 | static rtx eliminate_known_true PROTO((rtx, rtx, int, int)); | |
439 | static void write_attr_set PROTO((struct attr_desc *, int, rtx, char *, | |
440 | char *, rtx, int, int)); | |
441 | static void write_attr_case PROTO((struct attr_desc *, struct attr_value *, | |
442 | int, char *, char *, int, rtx)); | |
443 | static void write_attr_valueq PROTO((struct attr_desc *, char *)); | |
444 | static void write_attr_value PROTO((struct attr_desc *, rtx)); | |
445 | static void write_upcase PROTO((char *)); | |
446 | static void write_indent PROTO((int)); | |
447 | static void write_eligible_delay PROTO((char *)); | |
448 | static void write_function_unit_info PROTO((void)); | |
449 | static void write_complex_function PROTO((struct function_unit *, char *, | |
450 | char *)); | |
71d9b493 RH |
451 | static int write_expr_attr_cache PROTO((rtx, struct attr_desc *)); |
452 | static void write_toplevel_expr PROTO((rtx)); | |
f75d38a7 RK |
453 | static int n_comma_elts PROTO((char *)); |
454 | static char *next_comma_elt PROTO((char **)); | |
455 | static struct attr_desc *find_attr PROTO((char *, int)); | |
456 | static void make_internal_attr PROTO((char *, rtx, int)); | |
457 | static struct attr_value *find_most_used PROTO((struct attr_desc *)); | |
458 | static rtx find_single_value PROTO((struct attr_desc *)); | |
459 | static rtx make_numeric_value PROTO((int)); | |
460 | static void extend_range PROTO((struct range *, int, int)); | |
461 | char *xrealloc PROTO((char *, unsigned)); | |
462 | char *xmalloc PROTO((unsigned)); | |
0e9414fd MM |
463 | |
464 | #define oballoc(size) obstack_alloc (hash_obstack, size) | |
465 | ||
41299f41 | 466 | \f |
3e7b5313 TW |
467 | /* Hash table for sharing RTL and strings. */ |
468 | ||
469 | /* Each hash table slot is a bucket containing a chain of these structures. | |
470 | Strings are given negative hash codes; RTL expressions are given positive | |
471 | hash codes. */ | |
472 | ||
473 | struct attr_hash | |
474 | { | |
475 | struct attr_hash *next; /* Next structure in the bucket. */ | |
476 | int hashcode; /* Hash code of this rtx or string. */ | |
477 | union | |
478 | { | |
479 | char *str; /* The string (negative hash codes) */ | |
480 | rtx rtl; /* or the RTL recorded here. */ | |
481 | } u; | |
482 | }; | |
483 | ||
484 | /* Now here is the hash table. When recording an RTL, it is added to | |
485 | the slot whose index is the hash code mod the table size. Note | |
486 | that the hash table is used for several kinds of RTL (see attr_rtx) | |
487 | and for strings. While all these live in the same table, they are | |
488 | completely independent, and the hash code is computed differently | |
489 | for each. */ | |
490 | ||
491 | #define RTL_HASH_SIZE 4093 | |
492 | struct attr_hash *attr_hash_table[RTL_HASH_SIZE]; | |
493 | ||
494 | /* Here is how primitive or already-shared RTL's hash | |
495 | codes are made. */ | |
2e0dd623 | 496 | #define RTL_HASH(RTL) ((long) (RTL) & 0777777) |
3e7b5313 TW |
497 | |
498 | /* Add an entry to the hash table for RTL with hash code HASHCODE. */ | |
499 | ||
500 | static void | |
501 | attr_hash_add_rtx (hashcode, rtl) | |
502 | int hashcode; | |
503 | rtx rtl; | |
504 | { | |
505 | register struct attr_hash *h; | |
506 | ||
7339c88d RS |
507 | h = (struct attr_hash *) obstack_alloc (hash_obstack, |
508 | sizeof (struct attr_hash)); | |
3e7b5313 TW |
509 | h->hashcode = hashcode; |
510 | h->u.rtl = rtl; | |
511 | h->next = attr_hash_table[hashcode % RTL_HASH_SIZE]; | |
512 | attr_hash_table[hashcode % RTL_HASH_SIZE] = h; | |
513 | } | |
514 | ||
515 | /* Add an entry to the hash table for STRING with hash code HASHCODE. */ | |
516 | ||
517 | static void | |
518 | attr_hash_add_string (hashcode, str) | |
519 | int hashcode; | |
520 | char *str; | |
521 | { | |
522 | register struct attr_hash *h; | |
523 | ||
7339c88d RS |
524 | h = (struct attr_hash *) obstack_alloc (hash_obstack, |
525 | sizeof (struct attr_hash)); | |
3e7b5313 TW |
526 | h->hashcode = -hashcode; |
527 | h->u.str = str; | |
528 | h->next = attr_hash_table[hashcode % RTL_HASH_SIZE]; | |
529 | attr_hash_table[hashcode % RTL_HASH_SIZE] = h; | |
530 | } | |
531 | ||
81fd4c6e RS |
532 | /* Generate an RTL expression, but avoid duplicates. |
533 | Set the RTX_INTEGRATED_P flag for these permanent objects. | |
534 | ||
535 | In some cases we cannot uniquify; then we return an ordinary | |
536 | impermanent rtx with RTX_INTEGRATED_P clear. | |
537 | ||
538 | Args are like gen_rtx, but without the mode: | |
3e7b5313 TW |
539 | |
540 | rtx attr_rtx (code, [element1, ..., elementn]) */ | |
541 | ||
542 | /*VARARGS1*/ | |
543 | static rtx | |
9e1b6503 | 544 | attr_rtx VPROTO((enum rtx_code code, ...)) |
3e7b5313 | 545 | { |
9e1b6503 | 546 | #ifndef __STDC__ |
3e7b5313 | 547 | enum rtx_code code; |
9e1b6503 RK |
548 | #endif |
549 | va_list p; | |
3e7b5313 TW |
550 | register int i; /* Array indices... */ |
551 | register char *fmt; /* Current rtx's format... */ | |
552 | register rtx rt_val; /* RTX to return to caller... */ | |
553 | int hashcode; | |
554 | register struct attr_hash *h; | |
7339c88d | 555 | struct obstack *old_obstack = rtl_obstack; |
3e7b5313 | 556 | |
9e1b6503 RK |
557 | VA_START (p, code); |
558 | ||
559 | #ifndef __STDC__ | |
3e7b5313 | 560 | code = va_arg (p, enum rtx_code); |
9e1b6503 | 561 | #endif |
3e7b5313 TW |
562 | |
563 | /* For each of several cases, search the hash table for an existing entry. | |
564 | Use that entry if one is found; otherwise create a new RTL and add it | |
565 | to the table. */ | |
566 | ||
567 | if (GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == '1') | |
568 | { | |
569 | rtx arg0 = va_arg (p, rtx); | |
570 | ||
81fd4c6e RS |
571 | /* A permanent object cannot point to impermanent ones. */ |
572 | if (! RTX_INTEGRATED_P (arg0)) | |
573 | { | |
574 | rt_val = rtx_alloc (code); | |
575 | XEXP (rt_val, 0) = arg0; | |
576 | va_end (p); | |
577 | return rt_val; | |
578 | } | |
579 | ||
d98c1e33 | 580 | hashcode = ((HOST_WIDE_INT) code + RTL_HASH (arg0)); |
3e7b5313 TW |
581 | for (h = attr_hash_table[hashcode % RTL_HASH_SIZE]; h; h = h->next) |
582 | if (h->hashcode == hashcode | |
583 | && GET_CODE (h->u.rtl) == code | |
584 | && XEXP (h->u.rtl, 0) == arg0) | |
585 | goto found; | |
586 | ||
587 | if (h == 0) | |
588 | { | |
7339c88d | 589 | rtl_obstack = hash_obstack; |
3e7b5313 TW |
590 | rt_val = rtx_alloc (code); |
591 | XEXP (rt_val, 0) = arg0; | |
592 | } | |
593 | } | |
594 | else if (GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == 'c' | |
595 | || GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == '2' | |
596 | || GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == '<') | |
597 | { | |
598 | rtx arg0 = va_arg (p, rtx); | |
599 | rtx arg1 = va_arg (p, rtx); | |
600 | ||
81fd4c6e RS |
601 | /* A permanent object cannot point to impermanent ones. */ |
602 | if (! RTX_INTEGRATED_P (arg0) || ! RTX_INTEGRATED_P (arg1)) | |
603 | { | |
604 | rt_val = rtx_alloc (code); | |
605 | XEXP (rt_val, 0) = arg0; | |
606 | XEXP (rt_val, 1) = arg1; | |
607 | va_end (p); | |
608 | return rt_val; | |
609 | } | |
610 | ||
d98c1e33 | 611 | hashcode = ((HOST_WIDE_INT) code + RTL_HASH (arg0) + RTL_HASH (arg1)); |
3e7b5313 TW |
612 | for (h = attr_hash_table[hashcode % RTL_HASH_SIZE]; h; h = h->next) |
613 | if (h->hashcode == hashcode | |
614 | && GET_CODE (h->u.rtl) == code | |
615 | && XEXP (h->u.rtl, 0) == arg0 | |
616 | && XEXP (h->u.rtl, 1) == arg1) | |
617 | goto found; | |
618 | ||
619 | if (h == 0) | |
620 | { | |
7339c88d | 621 | rtl_obstack = hash_obstack; |
3e7b5313 TW |
622 | rt_val = rtx_alloc (code); |
623 | XEXP (rt_val, 0) = arg0; | |
624 | XEXP (rt_val, 1) = arg1; | |
625 | } | |
626 | } | |
627 | else if (GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) == 1 | |
628 | && GET_RTX_FORMAT (code)[0] == 's') | |
629 | { | |
630 | char * arg0 = va_arg (p, char *); | |
631 | ||
81fd4c6e RS |
632 | if (code == SYMBOL_REF) |
633 | arg0 = attr_string (arg0, strlen (arg0)); | |
634 | ||
d98c1e33 | 635 | hashcode = ((HOST_WIDE_INT) code + RTL_HASH (arg0)); |
3e7b5313 TW |
636 | for (h = attr_hash_table[hashcode % RTL_HASH_SIZE]; h; h = h->next) |
637 | if (h->hashcode == hashcode | |
638 | && GET_CODE (h->u.rtl) == code | |
639 | && XSTR (h->u.rtl, 0) == arg0) | |
640 | goto found; | |
641 | ||
642 | if (h == 0) | |
643 | { | |
7339c88d | 644 | rtl_obstack = hash_obstack; |
3e7b5313 TW |
645 | rt_val = rtx_alloc (code); |
646 | XSTR (rt_val, 0) = arg0; | |
647 | } | |
648 | } | |
649 | else if (GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) == 2 | |
650 | && GET_RTX_FORMAT (code)[0] == 's' | |
651 | && GET_RTX_FORMAT (code)[1] == 's') | |
652 | { | |
81fd4c6e RS |
653 | char *arg0 = va_arg (p, char *); |
654 | char *arg1 = va_arg (p, char *); | |
3e7b5313 | 655 | |
d98c1e33 | 656 | hashcode = ((HOST_WIDE_INT) code + RTL_HASH (arg0) + RTL_HASH (arg1)); |
3e7b5313 TW |
657 | for (h = attr_hash_table[hashcode % RTL_HASH_SIZE]; h; h = h->next) |
658 | if (h->hashcode == hashcode | |
659 | && GET_CODE (h->u.rtl) == code | |
660 | && XSTR (h->u.rtl, 0) == arg0 | |
661 | && XSTR (h->u.rtl, 1) == arg1) | |
662 | goto found; | |
663 | ||
664 | if (h == 0) | |
665 | { | |
7339c88d | 666 | rtl_obstack = hash_obstack; |
3e7b5313 TW |
667 | rt_val = rtx_alloc (code); |
668 | XSTR (rt_val, 0) = arg0; | |
669 | XSTR (rt_val, 1) = arg1; | |
670 | } | |
671 | } | |
81fd4c6e RS |
672 | else if (code == CONST_INT) |
673 | { | |
3d678dca | 674 | HOST_WIDE_INT arg0 = va_arg (p, HOST_WIDE_INT); |
81fd4c6e RS |
675 | if (arg0 == 0) |
676 | return false_rtx; | |
677 | if (arg0 == 1) | |
678 | return true_rtx; | |
679 | goto nohash; | |
680 | } | |
3e7b5313 TW |
681 | else |
682 | { | |
81fd4c6e | 683 | nohash: |
3e7b5313 TW |
684 | rt_val = rtx_alloc (code); /* Allocate the storage space. */ |
685 | ||
686 | fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code); /* Find the right format... */ | |
687 | for (i = 0; i < GET_RTX_LENGTH (code); i++) | |
688 | { | |
689 | switch (*fmt++) | |
690 | { | |
691 | case '0': /* Unused field. */ | |
692 | break; | |
693 | ||
694 | case 'i': /* An integer? */ | |
695 | XINT (rt_val, i) = va_arg (p, int); | |
696 | break; | |
697 | ||
3d678dca RS |
698 | case 'w': /* A wide integer? */ |
699 | XWINT (rt_val, i) = va_arg (p, HOST_WIDE_INT); | |
700 | break; | |
701 | ||
3e7b5313 TW |
702 | case 's': /* A string? */ |
703 | XSTR (rt_val, i) = va_arg (p, char *); | |
704 | break; | |
705 | ||
706 | case 'e': /* An expression? */ | |
707 | case 'u': /* An insn? Same except when printing. */ | |
708 | XEXP (rt_val, i) = va_arg (p, rtx); | |
709 | break; | |
710 | ||
711 | case 'E': /* An RTX vector? */ | |
712 | XVEC (rt_val, i) = va_arg (p, rtvec); | |
713 | break; | |
714 | ||
715 | default: | |
716 | abort(); | |
717 | } | |
718 | } | |
719 | va_end (p); | |
720 | return rt_val; | |
721 | } | |
722 | ||
7339c88d | 723 | rtl_obstack = old_obstack; |
3e7b5313 TW |
724 | va_end (p); |
725 | attr_hash_add_rtx (hashcode, rt_val); | |
81fd4c6e | 726 | RTX_INTEGRATED_P (rt_val) = 1; |
3e7b5313 TW |
727 | return rt_val; |
728 | ||
729 | found: | |
730 | va_end (p); | |
731 | return h->u.rtl; | |
732 | } | |
733 | ||
734 | /* Create a new string printed with the printf line arguments into a space | |
735 | of at most LEN bytes: | |
736 | ||
737 | rtx attr_printf (len, format, [arg1, ..., argn]) */ | |
738 | ||
ca2d2f1e TW |
739 | #ifdef HAVE_VPRINTF |
740 | ||
3e7b5313 TW |
741 | /*VARARGS2*/ |
742 | static char * | |
2109bb54 | 743 | attr_printf VPROTO((register int len, char *fmt, ...)) |
3e7b5313 | 744 | { |
9e1b6503 | 745 | #ifndef __STDC__ |
3e7b5313 | 746 | register int len; |
91c3c0a8 | 747 | char *fmt; |
9e1b6503 RK |
748 | #endif |
749 | va_list p; | |
3e7b5313 TW |
750 | register char *str; |
751 | ||
9e1b6503 RK |
752 | VA_START (p, fmt); |
753 | ||
754 | #ifndef __STDC__ | |
3e7b5313 | 755 | len = va_arg (p, int); |
0f41302f | 756 | fmt = va_arg (p, char *); |
9e1b6503 RK |
757 | #endif |
758 | ||
759 | /* Print the string into a temporary location. */ | |
3e7b5313 | 760 | str = (char *) alloca (len); |
3e7b5313 TW |
761 | vsprintf (str, fmt, p); |
762 | va_end (p); | |
763 | ||
764 | return attr_string (str, strlen (str)); | |
765 | } | |
766 | ||
ca2d2f1e TW |
767 | #else /* not HAVE_VPRINTF */ |
768 | ||
769 | static char * | |
770 | attr_printf (len, fmt, arg1, arg2, arg3) | |
771 | int len; | |
772 | char *fmt; | |
773 | char *arg1, *arg2, *arg3; /* also int */ | |
774 | { | |
775 | register char *str; | |
776 | ||
777 | /* Print the string into a temporary location. */ | |
778 | str = (char *) alloca (len); | |
779 | sprintf (str, fmt, arg1, arg2, arg3); | |
780 | ||
781 | return attr_string (str, strlen (str)); | |
782 | } | |
783 | #endif /* not HAVE_VPRINTF */ | |
784 | ||
81fd4c6e RS |
785 | rtx |
786 | attr_eq (name, value) | |
787 | char *name, *value; | |
788 | { | |
789 | return attr_rtx (EQ_ATTR, attr_string (name, strlen (name)), | |
790 | attr_string (value, strlen (value))); | |
791 | } | |
792 | ||
793 | char * | |
794 | attr_numeral (n) | |
795 | int n; | |
796 | { | |
797 | return XSTR (make_numeric_value (n), 0); | |
798 | } | |
799 | ||
3e7b5313 TW |
800 | /* Return a permanent (possibly shared) copy of a string STR (not assumed |
801 | to be null terminated) with LEN bytes. */ | |
802 | ||
803 | static char * | |
804 | attr_string (str, len) | |
805 | char *str; | |
806 | int len; | |
807 | { | |
808 | register struct attr_hash *h; | |
809 | int hashcode; | |
810 | int i; | |
811 | register char *new_str; | |
812 | ||
813 | /* Compute the hash code. */ | |
814 | hashcode = (len + 1) * 613 + (unsigned)str[0]; | |
815 | for (i = 1; i <= len; i += 2) | |
816 | hashcode = ((hashcode * 613) + (unsigned)str[i]); | |
817 | if (hashcode < 0) | |
818 | hashcode = -hashcode; | |
819 | ||
820 | /* Search the table for the string. */ | |
821 | for (h = attr_hash_table[hashcode % RTL_HASH_SIZE]; h; h = h->next) | |
81fd4c6e | 822 | if (h->hashcode == -hashcode && h->u.str[0] == str[0] |
d45cf215 | 823 | && !strncmp (h->u.str, str, len)) |
3e7b5313 TW |
824 | return h->u.str; /* <-- return if found. */ |
825 | ||
826 | /* Not found; create a permanent copy and add it to the hash table. */ | |
b31a5831 | 827 | new_str = (char *) obstack_alloc (hash_obstack, len + 1); |
3e7b5313 TW |
828 | bcopy (str, new_str, len); |
829 | new_str[len] = '\0'; | |
830 | attr_hash_add_string (hashcode, new_str); | |
831 | ||
832 | return new_str; /* Return the new string. */ | |
833 | } | |
81fd4c6e RS |
834 | |
835 | /* Check two rtx's for equality of contents, | |
836 | taking advantage of the fact that if both are hashed | |
837 | then they can't be equal unless they are the same object. */ | |
838 | ||
839 | int | |
840 | attr_equal_p (x, y) | |
841 | rtx x, y; | |
842 | { | |
843 | return (x == y || (! (RTX_INTEGRATED_P (x) && RTX_INTEGRATED_P (y)) | |
844 | && rtx_equal_p (x, y))); | |
845 | } | |
846 | \f | |
847 | /* Copy an attribute value expression, | |
848 | descending to all depths, but not copying any | |
849 | permanent hashed subexpressions. */ | |
850 | ||
851 | rtx | |
852 | attr_copy_rtx (orig) | |
853 | register rtx orig; | |
854 | { | |
855 | register rtx copy; | |
856 | register int i, j; | |
857 | register RTX_CODE code; | |
858 | register char *format_ptr; | |
859 | ||
860 | /* No need to copy a permanent object. */ | |
861 | if (RTX_INTEGRATED_P (orig)) | |
862 | return orig; | |
863 | ||
864 | code = GET_CODE (orig); | |
865 | ||
866 | switch (code) | |
867 | { | |
868 | case REG: | |
869 | case QUEUED: | |
870 | case CONST_INT: | |
871 | case CONST_DOUBLE: | |
872 | case SYMBOL_REF: | |
873 | case CODE_LABEL: | |
874 | case PC: | |
875 | case CC0: | |
876 | return orig; | |
e9a25f70 JL |
877 | |
878 | default: | |
879 | break; | |
81fd4c6e RS |
880 | } |
881 | ||
882 | copy = rtx_alloc (code); | |
883 | PUT_MODE (copy, GET_MODE (orig)); | |
884 | copy->in_struct = orig->in_struct; | |
885 | copy->volatil = orig->volatil; | |
886 | copy->unchanging = orig->unchanging; | |
887 | copy->integrated = orig->integrated; | |
888 | ||
889 | format_ptr = GET_RTX_FORMAT (GET_CODE (copy)); | |
890 | ||
891 | for (i = 0; i < GET_RTX_LENGTH (GET_CODE (copy)); i++) | |
892 | { | |
893 | switch (*format_ptr++) | |
894 | { | |
895 | case 'e': | |
896 | XEXP (copy, i) = XEXP (orig, i); | |
897 | if (XEXP (orig, i) != NULL) | |
898 | XEXP (copy, i) = attr_copy_rtx (XEXP (orig, i)); | |
899 | break; | |
900 | ||
901 | case 'E': | |
902 | case 'V': | |
903 | XVEC (copy, i) = XVEC (orig, i); | |
904 | if (XVEC (orig, i) != NULL) | |
905 | { | |
906 | XVEC (copy, i) = rtvec_alloc (XVECLEN (orig, i)); | |
907 | for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (copy, i); j++) | |
908 | XVECEXP (copy, i, j) = attr_copy_rtx (XVECEXP (orig, i, j)); | |
909 | } | |
910 | break; | |
911 | ||
3d678dca RS |
912 | case 'n': |
913 | case 'i': | |
81fd4c6e RS |
914 | XINT (copy, i) = XINT (orig, i); |
915 | break; | |
3d678dca RS |
916 | |
917 | case 'w': | |
918 | XWINT (copy, i) = XWINT (orig, i); | |
919 | break; | |
920 | ||
921 | case 's': | |
922 | case 'S': | |
923 | XSTR (copy, i) = XSTR (orig, i); | |
924 | break; | |
925 | ||
926 | default: | |
927 | abort (); | |
81fd4c6e RS |
928 | } |
929 | } | |
930 | return copy; | |
931 | } | |
3e7b5313 | 932 | \f |
41299f41 | 933 | /* Given a test expression for an attribute, ensure it is validly formed. |
3e7b5313 TW |
934 | IS_CONST indicates whether the expression is constant for each compiler |
935 | run (a constant expression may not test any particular insn). | |
936 | ||
41299f41 TW |
937 | Convert (eq_attr "att" "a1,a2") to (ior (eq_attr ... ) (eq_attrq ..)) |
938 | and (eq_attr "att" "!a1") to (not (eq_attr "att" "a1")). Do the latter | |
939 | test first so that (eq_attr "att" "!a1,a2,a3") works as expected. | |
940 | ||
941 | Update the string address in EQ_ATTR expression to be the same used | |
942 | in the attribute (or `alternative_name') to speed up subsequent | |
943 | `find_attr' calls and eliminate most `strcmp' calls. | |
944 | ||
945 | Return the new expression, if any. */ | |
946 | ||
947 | static rtx | |
3e7b5313 | 948 | check_attr_test (exp, is_const) |
41299f41 | 949 | rtx exp; |
3e7b5313 | 950 | int is_const; |
41299f41 TW |
951 | { |
952 | struct attr_desc *attr; | |
953 | struct attr_value *av; | |
954 | char *name_ptr, *p; | |
955 | rtx orexp, newexp; | |
956 | ||
957 | switch (GET_CODE (exp)) | |
958 | { | |
959 | case EQ_ATTR: | |
960 | /* Handle negation test. */ | |
961 | if (XSTR (exp, 1)[0] == '!') | |
3e7b5313 | 962 | return check_attr_test (attr_rtx (NOT, |
81fd4c6e RS |
963 | attr_eq (XSTR (exp, 0), |
964 | &XSTR (exp, 1)[1])), | |
3e7b5313 | 965 | is_const); |
41299f41 TW |
966 | |
967 | else if (n_comma_elts (XSTR (exp, 1)) == 1) | |
968 | { | |
c114787a | 969 | attr = find_attr (XSTR (exp, 0), 0); |
41299f41 TW |
970 | if (attr == NULL) |
971 | { | |
972 | if (! strcmp (XSTR (exp, 0), "alternative")) | |
973 | { | |
974 | XSTR (exp, 0) = alternative_name; | |
975 | /* This can't be simplified any further. */ | |
976 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P (exp) = 1; | |
977 | return exp; | |
978 | } | |
7339c88d | 979 | else |
41299f41 TW |
980 | fatal ("Unknown attribute `%s' in EQ_ATTR", XEXP (exp, 0)); |
981 | } | |
982 | ||
3e7b5313 TW |
983 | if (is_const && ! attr->is_const) |
984 | fatal ("Constant expression uses insn attribute `%s' in EQ_ATTR", | |
985 | XEXP (exp, 0)); | |
986 | ||
81fd4c6e RS |
987 | /* Copy this just to make it permanent, |
988 | so expressions using it can be permanent too. */ | |
989 | exp = attr_eq (XSTR (exp, 0), XSTR (exp, 1)); | |
41299f41 | 990 | |
f72aed24 | 991 | /* It shouldn't be possible to simplify the value given to a |
b31a5831 RS |
992 | constant attribute, so don't expand this until it's time to |
993 | write the test expression. */ | |
994 | if (attr->is_const) | |
995 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P (exp) = 1; | |
996 | ||
41299f41 TW |
997 | if (attr->is_numeric) |
998 | { | |
999 | for (p = XSTR (exp, 1); *p; p++) | |
1000 | if (*p < '0' || *p > '9') | |
1001 | fatal ("Attribute `%s' takes only numeric values", | |
1002 | XEXP (exp, 0)); | |
1003 | } | |
1004 | else | |
1005 | { | |
1006 | for (av = attr->first_value; av; av = av->next) | |
1007 | if (GET_CODE (av->value) == CONST_STRING | |
1008 | && ! strcmp (XSTR (exp, 1), XSTR (av->value, 0))) | |
1009 | break; | |
1010 | ||
1011 | if (av == NULL) | |
1012 | fatal ("Unknown value `%s' for `%s' attribute", | |
1013 | XEXP (exp, 1), XEXP (exp, 0)); | |
1014 | } | |
1015 | } | |
1016 | else | |
1017 | { | |
1018 | /* Make an IOR tree of the possible values. */ | |
1019 | orexp = false_rtx; | |
1020 | name_ptr = XSTR (exp, 1); | |
1021 | while ((p = next_comma_elt (&name_ptr)) != NULL) | |
1022 | { | |
81fd4c6e | 1023 | newexp = attr_eq (XSTR (exp, 0), p); |
f75d38a7 | 1024 | orexp = insert_right_side (IOR, orexp, newexp, -2, -2); |
41299f41 TW |
1025 | } |
1026 | ||
3e7b5313 | 1027 | return check_attr_test (orexp, is_const); |
41299f41 TW |
1028 | } |
1029 | break; | |
1030 | ||
0b0316dc JL |
1031 | case ATTR_FLAG: |
1032 | break; | |
1033 | ||
41299f41 TW |
1034 | case CONST_INT: |
1035 | /* Either TRUE or FALSE. */ | |
3d678dca | 1036 | if (XWINT (exp, 0)) |
41299f41 TW |
1037 | return true_rtx; |
1038 | else | |
1039 | return false_rtx; | |
1040 | ||
1041 | case IOR: | |
1042 | case AND: | |
3e7b5313 TW |
1043 | XEXP (exp, 0) = check_attr_test (XEXP (exp, 0), is_const); |
1044 | XEXP (exp, 1) = check_attr_test (XEXP (exp, 1), is_const); | |
41299f41 TW |
1045 | break; |
1046 | ||
1047 | case NOT: | |
3e7b5313 | 1048 | XEXP (exp, 0) = check_attr_test (XEXP (exp, 0), is_const); |
41299f41 TW |
1049 | break; |
1050 | ||
8450a694 | 1051 | case MATCH_INSN: |
41299f41 | 1052 | case MATCH_OPERAND: |
3e7b5313 TW |
1053 | if (is_const) |
1054 | fatal ("RTL operator \"%s\" not valid in constant attribute test", | |
8450a694 | 1055 | GET_RTX_NAME (GET_CODE (exp))); |
81fd4c6e RS |
1056 | /* These cases can't be simplified. */ |
1057 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P (exp) = 1; | |
1058 | break; | |
71d9b493 | 1059 | |
41299f41 TW |
1060 | case LE: case LT: case GT: case GE: |
1061 | case LEU: case LTU: case GTU: case GEU: | |
1062 | case NE: case EQ: | |
81fd4c6e RS |
1063 | if (GET_CODE (XEXP (exp, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF |
1064 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (exp, 1)) == SYMBOL_REF) | |
1065 | exp = attr_rtx (GET_CODE (exp), | |
1066 | attr_rtx (SYMBOL_REF, XSTR (XEXP (exp, 0), 0)), | |
1067 | attr_rtx (SYMBOL_REF, XSTR (XEXP (exp, 1), 0))); | |
41299f41 TW |
1068 | /* These cases can't be simplified. */ |
1069 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P (exp) = 1; | |
1070 | break; | |
1071 | ||
3e7b5313 TW |
1072 | case SYMBOL_REF: |
1073 | if (is_const) | |
1074 | { | |
1075 | /* These cases are valid for constant attributes, but can't be | |
1076 | simplified. */ | |
81fd4c6e | 1077 | exp = attr_rtx (SYMBOL_REF, XSTR (exp, 0)); |
3e7b5313 TW |
1078 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P (exp) = 1; |
1079 | break; | |
1080 | } | |
41299f41 TW |
1081 | default: |
1082 | fatal ("RTL operator \"%s\" not valid in attribute test", | |
1083 | GET_RTX_NAME (GET_CODE (exp))); | |
1084 | } | |
1085 | ||
1086 | return exp; | |
1087 | } | |
1088 | \f | |
1089 | /* Given an expression, ensure that it is validly formed and that all named | |
1090 | attribute values are valid for the given attribute. Issue a fatal error | |
81fd4c6e | 1091 | if not. If no attribute is specified, assume a numeric attribute. |
41299f41 | 1092 | |
81fd4c6e RS |
1093 | Return a perhaps modified replacement expression for the value. */ |
1094 | ||
1095 | static rtx | |
41299f41 TW |
1096 | check_attr_value (exp, attr) |
1097 | rtx exp; | |
1098 | struct attr_desc *attr; | |
1099 | { | |
1100 | struct attr_value *av; | |
1101 | char *p; | |
1102 | int i; | |
1103 | ||
1104 | switch (GET_CODE (exp)) | |
1105 | { | |
1106 | case CONST_INT: | |
1107 | if (attr && ! attr->is_numeric) | |
1108 | fatal ("CONST_INT not valid for non-numeric `%s' attribute", | |
1109 | attr->name); | |
1110 | ||
1111 | if (INTVAL (exp) < 0) | |
1112 | fatal ("Negative numeric value specified for `%s' attribute", | |
1113 | attr->name); | |
1114 | ||
1115 | break; | |
1116 | ||
1117 | case CONST_STRING: | |
1118 | if (! strcmp (XSTR (exp, 0), "*")) | |
1119 | break; | |
1120 | ||
1121 | if (attr == 0 || attr->is_numeric) | |
1122 | { | |
72f1215c TW |
1123 | p = XSTR (exp, 0); |
1124 | if (attr && attr->negative_ok && *p == '-') | |
1125 | p++; | |
1126 | for (; *p; p++) | |
41299f41 TW |
1127 | if (*p > '9' || *p < '0') |
1128 | fatal ("Non-numeric value for numeric `%s' attribute", | |
e7c33f54 | 1129 | attr ? attr->name : "internal"); |
41299f41 TW |
1130 | break; |
1131 | } | |
1132 | ||
1133 | for (av = attr->first_value; av; av = av->next) | |
1134 | if (GET_CODE (av->value) == CONST_STRING | |
1135 | && ! strcmp (XSTR (av->value, 0), XSTR (exp, 0))) | |
1136 | break; | |
1137 | ||
1138 | if (av == NULL) | |
1139 | fatal ("Unknown value `%s' for `%s' attribute", | |
e7c33f54 | 1140 | XSTR (exp, 0), attr ? attr->name : "internal"); |
41299f41 | 1141 | |
81fd4c6e | 1142 | break; |
41299f41 TW |
1143 | |
1144 | case IF_THEN_ELSE: | |
3e7b5313 TW |
1145 | XEXP (exp, 0) = check_attr_test (XEXP (exp, 0), |
1146 | attr ? attr->is_const : 0); | |
81fd4c6e RS |
1147 | XEXP (exp, 1) = check_attr_value (XEXP (exp, 1), attr); |
1148 | XEXP (exp, 2) = check_attr_value (XEXP (exp, 2), attr); | |
1149 | break; | |
41299f41 | 1150 | |
71d9b493 RH |
1151 | case IOR: |
1152 | case AND: | |
1153 | XEXP (exp, 0) = check_attr_value (XEXP (exp, 0), attr); | |
1154 | XEXP (exp, 1) = check_attr_value (XEXP (exp, 1), attr); | |
1155 | break; | |
1156 | ||
1157 | case FFS: | |
1158 | XEXP (exp, 0) = check_attr_value (XEXP (exp, 0), attr); | |
1159 | break; | |
1160 | ||
41299f41 TW |
1161 | case COND: |
1162 | if (XVECLEN (exp, 0) % 2 != 0) | |
1163 | fatal ("First operand of COND must have even length"); | |
1164 | ||
1165 | for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (exp, 0); i += 2) | |
1166 | { | |
3e7b5313 TW |
1167 | XVECEXP (exp, 0, i) = check_attr_test (XVECEXP (exp, 0, i), |
1168 | attr ? attr->is_const : 0); | |
81fd4c6e RS |
1169 | XVECEXP (exp, 0, i + 1) |
1170 | = check_attr_value (XVECEXP (exp, 0, i + 1), attr); | |
41299f41 TW |
1171 | } |
1172 | ||
81fd4c6e RS |
1173 | XEXP (exp, 1) = check_attr_value (XEXP (exp, 1), attr); |
1174 | break; | |
41299f41 | 1175 | |
3e7b5313 TW |
1176 | case SYMBOL_REF: |
1177 | if (attr && attr->is_const) | |
1178 | /* A constant SYMBOL_REF is valid as a constant attribute test and | |
1179 | is expanded later by make_canonical into a COND. */ | |
81fd4c6e | 1180 | return attr_rtx (SYMBOL_REF, XSTR (exp, 0)); |
0f41302f | 1181 | /* Otherwise, fall through... */ |
3e7b5313 | 1182 | |
41299f41 | 1183 | default: |
9916c524 | 1184 | fatal ("Invalid operation `%s' for attribute value", |
41299f41 TW |
1185 | GET_RTX_NAME (GET_CODE (exp))); |
1186 | } | |
81fd4c6e RS |
1187 | |
1188 | return exp; | |
41299f41 TW |
1189 | } |
1190 | \f | |
1191 | /* Given an SET_ATTR_ALTERNATIVE expression, convert to the canonical SET. | |
1192 | It becomes a COND with each test being (eq_attr "alternative "n") */ | |
1193 | ||
1194 | static rtx | |
1195 | convert_set_attr_alternative (exp, num_alt, insn_code, insn_index) | |
1196 | rtx exp; | |
1197 | int num_alt; | |
1198 | int insn_code, insn_index; | |
1199 | { | |
41299f41 TW |
1200 | rtx condexp; |
1201 | int i; | |
1202 | ||
1203 | if (XVECLEN (exp, 1) != num_alt) | |
1204 | fatal ("Bad number of entries in SET_ATTR_ALTERNATIVE for insn %d", | |
1205 | insn_index); | |
1206 | ||
1207 | /* Make a COND with all tests but the last. Select the last value via the | |
1208 | default. */ | |
1209 | condexp = rtx_alloc (COND); | |
1210 | XVEC (condexp, 0) = rtvec_alloc ((num_alt - 1) * 2); | |
1211 | ||
1212 | for (i = 0; i < num_alt - 1; i++) | |
1213 | { | |
3e7b5313 | 1214 | char *p; |
81fd4c6e | 1215 | p = attr_numeral (i); |
3e7b5313 | 1216 | |
81fd4c6e RS |
1217 | XVECEXP (condexp, 0, 2 * i) = attr_eq (alternative_name, p); |
1218 | #if 0 | |
3e7b5313 | 1219 | /* Sharing this EQ_ATTR rtl causes trouble. */ |
41299f41 TW |
1220 | XVECEXP (condexp, 0, 2 * i) = rtx_alloc (EQ_ATTR); |
1221 | XSTR (XVECEXP (condexp, 0, 2 * i), 0) = alternative_name; | |
3e7b5313 | 1222 | XSTR (XVECEXP (condexp, 0, 2 * i), 1) = p; |
81fd4c6e | 1223 | #endif |
41299f41 TW |
1224 | XVECEXP (condexp, 0, 2 * i + 1) = XVECEXP (exp, 1, i); |
1225 | } | |
1226 | ||
1227 | XEXP (condexp, 1) = XVECEXP (exp, 1, i); | |
1228 | ||
3e7b5313 | 1229 | return attr_rtx (SET, attr_rtx (ATTR, XSTR (exp, 0)), condexp); |
41299f41 TW |
1230 | } |
1231 | \f | |
1232 | /* Given a SET_ATTR, convert to the appropriate SET. If a comma-separated | |
1233 | list of values is given, convert to SET_ATTR_ALTERNATIVE first. */ | |
1234 | ||
1235 | static rtx | |
1236 | convert_set_attr (exp, num_alt, insn_code, insn_index) | |
1237 | rtx exp; | |
1238 | int num_alt; | |
1239 | int insn_code, insn_index; | |
1240 | { | |
1241 | rtx newexp; | |
1242 | char *name_ptr; | |
1243 | char *p; | |
1244 | int n; | |
1245 | ||
1246 | /* See how many alternative specified. */ | |
1247 | n = n_comma_elts (XSTR (exp, 1)); | |
1248 | if (n == 1) | |
3e7b5313 TW |
1249 | return attr_rtx (SET, |
1250 | attr_rtx (ATTR, XSTR (exp, 0)), | |
1251 | attr_rtx (CONST_STRING, XSTR (exp, 1))); | |
41299f41 TW |
1252 | |
1253 | newexp = rtx_alloc (SET_ATTR_ALTERNATIVE); | |
1254 | XSTR (newexp, 0) = XSTR (exp, 0); | |
1255 | XVEC (newexp, 1) = rtvec_alloc (n); | |
1256 | ||
1257 | /* Process each comma-separated name. */ | |
1258 | name_ptr = XSTR (exp, 1); | |
1259 | n = 0; | |
1260 | while ((p = next_comma_elt (&name_ptr)) != NULL) | |
3e7b5313 | 1261 | XVECEXP (newexp, 1, n++) = attr_rtx (CONST_STRING, p); |
41299f41 TW |
1262 | |
1263 | return convert_set_attr_alternative (newexp, num_alt, insn_code, insn_index); | |
1264 | } | |
1265 | \f | |
1266 | /* Scan all definitions, checking for validity. Also, convert any SET_ATTR | |
1267 | and SET_ATTR_ALTERNATIVE expressions to the corresponding SET | |
0f41302f | 1268 | expressions. */ |
41299f41 TW |
1269 | |
1270 | static void | |
1271 | check_defs () | |
1272 | { | |
1273 | struct insn_def *id; | |
1274 | struct attr_desc *attr; | |
1275 | int i; | |
1276 | rtx value; | |
1277 | ||
1278 | for (id = defs; id; id = id->next) | |
1279 | { | |
1280 | if (XVEC (id->def, id->vec_idx) == NULL) | |
1281 | continue; | |
1282 | ||
1283 | for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (id->def, id->vec_idx); i++) | |
1284 | { | |
1285 | value = XVECEXP (id->def, id->vec_idx, i); | |
1286 | switch (GET_CODE (value)) | |
1287 | { | |
1288 | case SET: | |
1289 | if (GET_CODE (XEXP (value, 0)) != ATTR) | |
1290 | fatal ("Bad attribute set in pattern %d", id->insn_index); | |
1291 | break; | |
1292 | ||
1293 | case SET_ATTR_ALTERNATIVE: | |
1294 | value = convert_set_attr_alternative (value, | |
1295 | id->num_alternatives, | |
1296 | id->insn_code, | |
1297 | id->insn_index); | |
1298 | break; | |
1299 | ||
1300 | case SET_ATTR: | |
1301 | value = convert_set_attr (value, id->num_alternatives, | |
1302 | id->insn_code, id->insn_index); | |
1303 | break; | |
1304 | ||
1305 | default: | |
1306 | fatal ("Invalid attribute code `%s' for pattern %d", | |
1307 | GET_RTX_NAME (GET_CODE (value)), id->insn_index); | |
1308 | } | |
1309 | ||
1310 | if ((attr = find_attr (XSTR (XEXP (value, 0), 0), 0)) == NULL) | |
1311 | fatal ("Unknown attribute `%s' for pattern number %d", | |
1312 | XSTR (XEXP (value, 0), 0), id->insn_index); | |
1313 | ||
1314 | XVECEXP (id->def, id->vec_idx, i) = value; | |
81fd4c6e | 1315 | XEXP (value, 1) = check_attr_value (XEXP (value, 1), attr); |
41299f41 TW |
1316 | } |
1317 | } | |
1318 | } | |
1319 | \f | |
71d9b493 | 1320 | #if 0 |
3e7b5313 TW |
1321 | /* Given a constant SYMBOL_REF expression, convert to a COND that |
1322 | explicitly tests each enumerated value. */ | |
1323 | ||
1324 | static rtx | |
1325 | convert_const_symbol_ref (exp, attr) | |
1326 | rtx exp; | |
1327 | struct attr_desc *attr; | |
1328 | { | |
1329 | rtx condexp; | |
1330 | struct attr_value *av; | |
1331 | int i; | |
1332 | int num_alt = 0; | |
1333 | ||
1334 | for (av = attr->first_value; av; av = av->next) | |
1335 | num_alt++; | |
1336 | ||
1337 | /* Make a COND with all tests but the last, and in the original order. | |
1338 | Select the last value via the default. Note that the attr values | |
1339 | are constructed in reverse order. */ | |
1340 | ||
1341 | condexp = rtx_alloc (COND); | |
1342 | XVEC (condexp, 0) = rtvec_alloc ((num_alt - 1) * 2); | |
1343 | av = attr->first_value; | |
1344 | XEXP (condexp, 1) = av->value; | |
1345 | ||
1346 | for (i = num_alt - 2; av = av->next, i >= 0; i--) | |
1347 | { | |
81fd4c6e | 1348 | char *p, *string; |
3e7b5313 TW |
1349 | rtx value; |
1350 | ||
0e9414fd | 1351 | string = p = (char *) oballoc (2 |
81fd4c6e RS |
1352 | + strlen (attr->name) |
1353 | + strlen (XSTR (av->value, 0))); | |
3e7b5313 TW |
1354 | strcpy (p, attr->name); |
1355 | strcat (p, "_"); | |
1356 | strcat (p, XSTR (av->value, 0)); | |
1357 | for (; *p != '\0'; p++) | |
1358 | if (*p >= 'a' && *p <= 'z') | |
1359 | *p -= 'a' - 'A'; | |
1360 | ||
81fd4c6e RS |
1361 | value = attr_rtx (SYMBOL_REF, string); |
1362 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P (value) = 1; | |
1363 | ||
3715a518 | 1364 | XVECEXP (condexp, 0, 2 * i) = attr_rtx (EQ, exp, value); |
81fd4c6e | 1365 | |
3e7b5313 TW |
1366 | XVECEXP (condexp, 0, 2 * i + 1) = av->value; |
1367 | } | |
1368 | ||
1369 | return condexp; | |
1370 | } | |
71d9b493 | 1371 | #endif |
3e7b5313 | 1372 | \f |
41299f41 TW |
1373 | /* Given a valid expression for an attribute value, remove any IF_THEN_ELSE |
1374 | expressions by converting them into a COND. This removes cases from this | |
1375 | program. Also, replace an attribute value of "*" with the default attribute | |
1376 | value. */ | |
1377 | ||
1378 | static rtx | |
1379 | make_canonical (attr, exp) | |
1380 | struct attr_desc *attr; | |
1381 | rtx exp; | |
1382 | { | |
1383 | int i; | |
1384 | rtx newexp; | |
1385 | ||
1386 | switch (GET_CODE (exp)) | |
1387 | { | |
1388 | case CONST_INT: | |
1389 | exp = make_numeric_value (INTVAL (exp)); | |
1390 | break; | |
1391 | ||
1392 | case CONST_STRING: | |
1393 | if (! strcmp (XSTR (exp, 0), "*")) | |
1394 | { | |
1395 | if (attr == 0 || attr->default_val == 0) | |
1396 | fatal ("(attr_value \"*\") used in invalid context."); | |
1397 | exp = attr->default_val->value; | |
1398 | } | |
1399 | ||
1400 | break; | |
1401 | ||
3e7b5313 TW |
1402 | case SYMBOL_REF: |
1403 | if (!attr->is_const || RTX_UNCHANGING_P (exp)) | |
1404 | break; | |
3715a518 RS |
1405 | /* The SYMBOL_REF is constant for a given run, so mark it as unchanging. |
1406 | This makes the COND something that won't be considered an arbitrary | |
1407 | expression by walk_attr_value. */ | |
1408 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P (exp) = 1; | |
71d9b493 RH |
1409 | #if 0 |
1410 | /* ??? Why do we do this? With attribute values { A B C D E }, this | |
1411 | tends to generate (!(x==A) && !(x==B) && !(x==C) && !(x==D)) rather | |
1412 | than (x==E). */ | |
3e7b5313 | 1413 | exp = convert_const_symbol_ref (exp, attr); |
052aaaef | 1414 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P (exp) = 1; |
81fd4c6e | 1415 | exp = check_attr_value (exp, attr); |
3e7b5313 | 1416 | /* Goto COND case since this is now a COND. Note that while the |
956d6950 | 1417 | new expression is rescanned, all symbol_ref notes are marked as |
3e7b5313 TW |
1418 | unchanging. */ |
1419 | goto cond; | |
71d9b493 RH |
1420 | #else |
1421 | exp = check_attr_value (exp, attr); | |
1422 | break; | |
1423 | #endif | |
3e7b5313 | 1424 | |
41299f41 TW |
1425 | case IF_THEN_ELSE: |
1426 | newexp = rtx_alloc (COND); | |
1427 | XVEC (newexp, 0) = rtvec_alloc (2); | |
1428 | XVECEXP (newexp, 0, 0) = XEXP (exp, 0); | |
1429 | XVECEXP (newexp, 0, 1) = XEXP (exp, 1); | |
1430 | ||
1431 | XEXP (newexp, 1) = XEXP (exp, 2); | |
1432 | ||
1433 | exp = newexp; | |
1434 | /* Fall through to COND case since this is now a COND. */ | |
1435 | ||
1436 | case COND: | |
7339c88d RS |
1437 | { |
1438 | int allsame = 1; | |
1439 | rtx defval; | |
41299f41 | 1440 | |
0f41302f | 1441 | /* First, check for degenerate COND. */ |
7339c88d RS |
1442 | if (XVECLEN (exp, 0) == 0) |
1443 | return make_canonical (attr, XEXP (exp, 1)); | |
1444 | defval = XEXP (exp, 1) = make_canonical (attr, XEXP (exp, 1)); | |
41299f41 | 1445 | |
7339c88d RS |
1446 | for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (exp, 0); i += 2) |
1447 | { | |
81fd4c6e | 1448 | XVECEXP (exp, 0, i) = copy_boolean (XVECEXP (exp, 0, i)); |
7339c88d RS |
1449 | XVECEXP (exp, 0, i + 1) |
1450 | = make_canonical (attr, XVECEXP (exp, 0, i + 1)); | |
1451 | if (! rtx_equal_p (XVECEXP (exp, 0, i + 1), defval)) | |
1452 | allsame = 0; | |
1453 | } | |
1454 | if (allsame) | |
1455 | return defval; | |
7339c88d | 1456 | } |
e9a25f70 JL |
1457 | break; |
1458 | ||
1459 | default: | |
1460 | break; | |
41299f41 TW |
1461 | } |
1462 | ||
1463 | return exp; | |
1464 | } | |
81fd4c6e RS |
1465 | |
1466 | static rtx | |
1467 | copy_boolean (exp) | |
1468 | rtx exp; | |
1469 | { | |
1470 | if (GET_CODE (exp) == AND || GET_CODE (exp) == IOR) | |
1471 | return attr_rtx (GET_CODE (exp), copy_boolean (XEXP (exp, 0)), | |
1472 | copy_boolean (XEXP (exp, 1))); | |
1473 | return exp; | |
1474 | } | |
41299f41 TW |
1475 | \f |
1476 | /* Given a value and an attribute description, return a `struct attr_value *' | |
1477 | that represents that value. This is either an existing structure, if the | |
1478 | value has been previously encountered, or a newly-created structure. | |
1479 | ||
1480 | `insn_code' is the code of an insn whose attribute has the specified | |
1481 | value (-2 if not processing an insn). We ensure that all insns for | |
1482 | a given value have the same number of alternatives if the value checks | |
1483 | alternatives. */ | |
1484 | ||
1485 | static struct attr_value * | |
1486 | get_attr_value (value, attr, insn_code) | |
1487 | rtx value; | |
1488 | struct attr_desc *attr; | |
1489 | int insn_code; | |
1490 | { | |
1491 | struct attr_value *av; | |
1492 | int num_alt = 0; | |
1493 | ||
1494 | value = make_canonical (attr, value); | |
1495 | if (compares_alternatives_p (value)) | |
1496 | { | |
1497 | if (insn_code < 0 || insn_alternatives == NULL) | |
1498 | fatal ("(eq_attr \"alternatives\" ...) used in non-insn context"); | |
1499 | else | |
1500 | num_alt = insn_alternatives[insn_code]; | |
1501 | } | |
1502 | ||
1503 | for (av = attr->first_value; av; av = av->next) | |
1504 | if (rtx_equal_p (value, av->value) | |
1505 | && (num_alt == 0 || av->first_insn == NULL | |
1506 | || insn_alternatives[av->first_insn->insn_code])) | |
1507 | return av; | |
1508 | ||
0e9414fd | 1509 | av = (struct attr_value *) oballoc (sizeof (struct attr_value)); |
41299f41 TW |
1510 | av->value = value; |
1511 | av->next = attr->first_value; | |
1512 | attr->first_value = av; | |
1513 | av->first_insn = NULL; | |
1514 | av->num_insns = 0; | |
1515 | av->has_asm_insn = 0; | |
1516 | ||
1517 | return av; | |
1518 | } | |
1519 | \f | |
1520 | /* After all DEFINE_DELAYs have been read in, create internal attributes | |
1521 | to generate the required routines. | |
1522 | ||
1523 | First, we compute the number of delay slots for each insn (as a COND of | |
1524 | each of the test expressions in DEFINE_DELAYs). Then, if more than one | |
1525 | delay type is specified, we compute a similar function giving the | |
1526 | DEFINE_DELAY ordinal for each insn. | |
1527 | ||
1528 | Finally, for each [DEFINE_DELAY, slot #] pair, we compute an attribute that | |
1529 | tells whether a given insn can be in that delay slot. | |
1530 | ||
6dc42e49 | 1531 | Normal attribute filling and optimization expands these to contain the |
41299f41 TW |
1532 | information needed to handle delay slots. */ |
1533 | ||
1534 | static void | |
1535 | expand_delays () | |
1536 | { | |
1537 | struct delay_desc *delay; | |
1538 | rtx condexp; | |
1539 | rtx newexp; | |
1540 | int i; | |
1541 | char *p; | |
1542 | ||
1543 | /* First, generate data for `num_delay_slots' function. */ | |
1544 | ||
1545 | condexp = rtx_alloc (COND); | |
1546 | XVEC (condexp, 0) = rtvec_alloc (num_delays * 2); | |
1547 | XEXP (condexp, 1) = make_numeric_value (0); | |
1548 | ||
1549 | for (i = 0, delay = delays; delay; i += 2, delay = delay->next) | |
1550 | { | |
1551 | XVECEXP (condexp, 0, i) = XEXP (delay->def, 0); | |
1552 | XVECEXP (condexp, 0, i + 1) | |
1553 | = make_numeric_value (XVECLEN (delay->def, 1) / 3); | |
1554 | } | |
1555 | ||
1556 | make_internal_attr ("*num_delay_slots", condexp, 0); | |
1557 | ||
1558 | /* If more than one delay type, do the same for computing the delay type. */ | |
1559 | if (num_delays > 1) | |
1560 | { | |
1561 | condexp = rtx_alloc (COND); | |
1562 | XVEC (condexp, 0) = rtvec_alloc (num_delays * 2); | |
1563 | XEXP (condexp, 1) = make_numeric_value (0); | |
1564 | ||
1565 | for (i = 0, delay = delays; delay; i += 2, delay = delay->next) | |
1566 | { | |
1567 | XVECEXP (condexp, 0, i) = XEXP (delay->def, 0); | |
1568 | XVECEXP (condexp, 0, i + 1) = make_numeric_value (delay->num); | |
1569 | } | |
1570 | ||
1571 | make_internal_attr ("*delay_type", condexp, 1); | |
1572 | } | |
1573 | ||
6dc42e49 RS |
1574 | /* For each delay possibility and delay slot, compute an eligibility |
1575 | attribute for non-annulled insns and for each type of annulled (annul | |
41299f41 TW |
1576 | if true and annul if false). */ |
1577 | for (delay = delays; delay; delay = delay->next) | |
1578 | { | |
1579 | for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (delay->def, 1); i += 3) | |
1580 | { | |
41299f41 TW |
1581 | condexp = XVECEXP (delay->def, 1, i); |
1582 | if (condexp == 0) condexp = false_rtx; | |
3e7b5313 TW |
1583 | newexp = attr_rtx (IF_THEN_ELSE, condexp, |
1584 | make_numeric_value (1), make_numeric_value (0)); | |
41299f41 | 1585 | |
0e9414fd MM |
1586 | p = attr_printf (sizeof ("*delay__") + MAX_DIGITS*2, "*delay_%d_%d", |
1587 | delay->num, i / 3); | |
41299f41 TW |
1588 | make_internal_attr (p, newexp, 1); |
1589 | ||
1590 | if (have_annul_true) | |
1591 | { | |
41299f41 TW |
1592 | condexp = XVECEXP (delay->def, 1, i + 1); |
1593 | if (condexp == 0) condexp = false_rtx; | |
3e7b5313 TW |
1594 | newexp = attr_rtx (IF_THEN_ELSE, condexp, |
1595 | make_numeric_value (1), | |
1596 | make_numeric_value (0)); | |
0e9414fd MM |
1597 | p = attr_printf (sizeof ("*annul_true__") + MAX_DIGITS*2, |
1598 | "*annul_true_%d_%d", delay->num, i / 3); | |
41299f41 TW |
1599 | make_internal_attr (p, newexp, 1); |
1600 | } | |
1601 | ||
1602 | if (have_annul_false) | |
1603 | { | |
41299f41 TW |
1604 | condexp = XVECEXP (delay->def, 1, i + 2); |
1605 | if (condexp == 0) condexp = false_rtx; | |
3e7b5313 TW |
1606 | newexp = attr_rtx (IF_THEN_ELSE, condexp, |
1607 | make_numeric_value (1), | |
1608 | make_numeric_value (0)); | |
0e9414fd MM |
1609 | p = attr_printf (sizeof ("*annul_false__") + MAX_DIGITS*2, |
1610 | "*annul_false_%d_%d", delay->num, i / 3); | |
41299f41 TW |
1611 | make_internal_attr (p, newexp, 1); |
1612 | } | |
1613 | } | |
1614 | } | |
1615 | } | |
1616 | \f | |
1617 | /* This function is given a left and right side expression and an operator. | |
1618 | Each side is a conditional expression, each alternative of which has a | |
1619 | numerical value. The function returns another conditional expression | |
1620 | which, for every possible set of condition values, returns a value that is | |
1621 | the operator applied to the values of the two sides. | |
1622 | ||
1623 | Since this is called early, it must also support IF_THEN_ELSE. */ | |
1624 | ||
1625 | static rtx | |
1626 | operate_exp (op, left, right) | |
1627 | enum operator op; | |
1628 | rtx left, right; | |
1629 | { | |
1630 | int left_value, right_value; | |
1631 | rtx newexp; | |
1632 | int i; | |
1633 | ||
1634 | /* If left is a string, apply operator to it and the right side. */ | |
1635 | if (GET_CODE (left) == CONST_STRING) | |
1636 | { | |
1637 | /* If right is also a string, just perform the operation. */ | |
1638 | if (GET_CODE (right) == CONST_STRING) | |
1639 | { | |
1640 | left_value = atoi (XSTR (left, 0)); | |
1641 | right_value = atoi (XSTR (right, 0)); | |
1642 | switch (op) | |
1643 | { | |
1644 | case PLUS_OP: | |
1645 | i = left_value + right_value; | |
1646 | break; | |
1647 | ||
1648 | case MINUS_OP: | |
1649 | i = left_value - right_value; | |
1650 | break; | |
1651 | ||
bee757e1 TW |
1652 | case POS_MINUS_OP: /* The positive part of LEFT - RIGHT. */ |
1653 | if (left_value > right_value) | |
1654 | i = left_value - right_value; | |
1655 | else | |
1656 | i = 0; | |
1657 | break; | |
1658 | ||
41299f41 | 1659 | case OR_OP: |
71d9b493 | 1660 | case ORX_OP: |
41299f41 TW |
1661 | i = left_value | right_value; |
1662 | break; | |
1663 | ||
bee757e1 TW |
1664 | case EQ_OP: |
1665 | i = left_value == right_value; | |
1666 | break; | |
1667 | ||
1668 | case RANGE_OP: | |
1669 | i = (left_value << (HOST_BITS_PER_INT / 2)) | right_value; | |
1670 | break; | |
1671 | ||
41299f41 TW |
1672 | case MAX_OP: |
1673 | if (left_value > right_value) | |
1674 | i = left_value; | |
1675 | else | |
1676 | i = right_value; | |
1677 | break; | |
1678 | ||
bee757e1 TW |
1679 | case MIN_OP: |
1680 | if (left_value < right_value) | |
1681 | i = left_value; | |
1682 | else | |
1683 | i = right_value; | |
1684 | break; | |
1685 | ||
41299f41 TW |
1686 | default: |
1687 | abort (); | |
1688 | } | |
1689 | ||
71d9b493 RH |
1690 | if (i == left_value) |
1691 | return left; | |
1692 | if (i == right_value) | |
1693 | return right; | |
41299f41 TW |
1694 | return make_numeric_value (i); |
1695 | } | |
1696 | else if (GET_CODE (right) == IF_THEN_ELSE) | |
1697 | { | |
1698 | /* Apply recursively to all values within. */ | |
7339c88d RS |
1699 | rtx newleft = operate_exp (op, left, XEXP (right, 1)); |
1700 | rtx newright = operate_exp (op, left, XEXP (right, 2)); | |
1701 | if (rtx_equal_p (newleft, newright)) | |
1702 | return newleft; | |
1703 | return attr_rtx (IF_THEN_ELSE, XEXP (right, 0), newleft, newright); | |
41299f41 TW |
1704 | } |
1705 | else if (GET_CODE (right) == COND) | |
1706 | { | |
7339c88d RS |
1707 | int allsame = 1; |
1708 | rtx defval; | |
1709 | ||
41299f41 TW |
1710 | newexp = rtx_alloc (COND); |
1711 | XVEC (newexp, 0) = rtvec_alloc (XVECLEN (right, 0)); | |
7339c88d RS |
1712 | defval = XEXP (newexp, 1) = operate_exp (op, left, XEXP (right, 1)); |
1713 | ||
41299f41 TW |
1714 | for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (right, 0); i += 2) |
1715 | { | |
1716 | XVECEXP (newexp, 0, i) = XVECEXP (right, 0, i); | |
1717 | XVECEXP (newexp, 0, i + 1) | |
1718 | = operate_exp (op, left, XVECEXP (right, 0, i + 1)); | |
7339c88d RS |
1719 | if (! rtx_equal_p (XVECEXP (newexp, 0, i + 1), |
1720 | defval)) | |
1721 | allsame = 0; | |
41299f41 TW |
1722 | } |
1723 | ||
7339c88d RS |
1724 | /* If the resulting cond is trivial (all alternatives |
1725 | give the same value), optimize it away. */ | |
1726 | if (allsame) | |
1727 | { | |
1728 | obstack_free (rtl_obstack, newexp); | |
1729 | return operate_exp (op, left, XEXP (right, 1)); | |
1730 | } | |
1731 | ||
1732 | /* If the result is the same as the RIGHT operand, | |
1733 | just use that. */ | |
1734 | if (rtx_equal_p (newexp, right)) | |
1735 | { | |
1736 | obstack_free (rtl_obstack, newexp); | |
1737 | return right; | |
1738 | } | |
41299f41 TW |
1739 | |
1740 | return newexp; | |
1741 | } | |
1742 | else | |
1743 | fatal ("Badly formed attribute value"); | |
1744 | } | |
1745 | ||
71d9b493 RH |
1746 | /* A hack to prevent expand_units from completely blowing up: ORX_OP does |
1747 | not associate through IF_THEN_ELSE. */ | |
1748 | else if (op == ORX_OP && GET_CODE (right) == IF_THEN_ELSE) | |
1749 | { | |
1750 | return attr_rtx (IOR, left, right); | |
1751 | } | |
1752 | ||
41299f41 TW |
1753 | /* Otherwise, do recursion the other way. */ |
1754 | else if (GET_CODE (left) == IF_THEN_ELSE) | |
1755 | { | |
7339c88d RS |
1756 | rtx newleft = operate_exp (op, XEXP (left, 1), right); |
1757 | rtx newright = operate_exp (op, XEXP (left, 2), right); | |
1758 | if (rtx_equal_p (newleft, newright)) | |
1759 | return newleft; | |
1760 | return attr_rtx (IF_THEN_ELSE, XEXP (left, 0), newleft, newright); | |
41299f41 | 1761 | } |
41299f41 TW |
1762 | else if (GET_CODE (left) == COND) |
1763 | { | |
7339c88d RS |
1764 | int allsame = 1; |
1765 | rtx defval; | |
1766 | ||
41299f41 TW |
1767 | newexp = rtx_alloc (COND); |
1768 | XVEC (newexp, 0) = rtvec_alloc (XVECLEN (left, 0)); | |
7339c88d RS |
1769 | defval = XEXP (newexp, 1) = operate_exp (op, XEXP (left, 1), right); |
1770 | ||
41299f41 TW |
1771 | for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (left, 0); i += 2) |
1772 | { | |
1773 | XVECEXP (newexp, 0, i) = XVECEXP (left, 0, i); | |
1774 | XVECEXP (newexp, 0, i + 1) | |
1775 | = operate_exp (op, XVECEXP (left, 0, i + 1), right); | |
7339c88d RS |
1776 | if (! rtx_equal_p (XVECEXP (newexp, 0, i + 1), |
1777 | defval)) | |
1778 | allsame = 0; | |
41299f41 TW |
1779 | } |
1780 | ||
7339c88d RS |
1781 | /* If the cond is trivial (all alternatives give the same value), |
1782 | optimize it away. */ | |
1783 | if (allsame) | |
1784 | { | |
1785 | obstack_free (rtl_obstack, newexp); | |
1786 | return operate_exp (op, XEXP (left, 1), right); | |
1787 | } | |
1788 | ||
1789 | /* If the result is the same as the LEFT operand, | |
1790 | just use that. */ | |
1791 | if (rtx_equal_p (newexp, left)) | |
1792 | { | |
1793 | obstack_free (rtl_obstack, newexp); | |
1794 | return left; | |
1795 | } | |
41299f41 TW |
1796 | |
1797 | return newexp; | |
1798 | } | |
1799 | ||
1800 | else | |
1801 | fatal ("Badly formed attribute value."); | |
1802 | /* NOTREACHED */ | |
1803 | return NULL; | |
1804 | } | |
1805 | \f | |
1806 | /* Once all attributes and DEFINE_FUNCTION_UNITs have been read, we | |
1807 | construct a number of attributes. | |
1808 | ||
1809 | The first produces a function `function_units_used' which is given an | |
72f1215c TW |
1810 | insn and produces an encoding showing which function units are required |
1811 | for the execution of that insn. If the value is non-negative, the insn | |
1812 | uses that unit; otherwise, the value is a one's compliment mask of units | |
1813 | used. | |
41299f41 TW |
1814 | |
1815 | The second produces a function `result_ready_cost' which is used to | |
1816 | determine the time that the result of an insn will be ready and hence | |
1817 | a worst-case schedule. | |
1818 | ||
1819 | Both of these produce quite complex expressions which are then set as the | |
1820 | default value of internal attributes. Normal attribute simplification | |
1821 | should produce reasonable expressions. | |
1822 | ||
1823 | For each unit, a `<name>_unit_ready_cost' function will take an | |
1824 | insn and give the delay until that unit will be ready with the result | |
72f1215c | 1825 | and a `<name>_unit_conflict_cost' function is given an insn already |
41299f41 TW |
1826 | executing on the unit and a candidate to execute and will give the |
1827 | cost from the time the executing insn started until the candidate | |
bee757e1 TW |
1828 | can start (ignore limitations on the number of simultaneous insns). |
1829 | ||
1830 | For each unit, a `<name>_unit_blockage' function is given an insn | |
1831 | already executing on the unit and a candidate to execute and will | |
1832 | give the delay incurred due to function unit conflicts. The range of | |
1833 | blockage cost values for a given executing insn is given by the | |
1834 | `<name>_unit_blockage_range' function. These values are encoded in | |
1835 | an int where the upper half gives the minimum value and the lower | |
1836 | half gives the maximum value. */ | |
41299f41 TW |
1837 | |
1838 | static void | |
1839 | expand_units () | |
1840 | { | |
72f1215c TW |
1841 | struct function_unit *unit, **unit_num; |
1842 | struct function_unit_op *op, **op_array, ***unit_ops; | |
41299f41 TW |
1843 | rtx unitsmask; |
1844 | rtx readycost; | |
1845 | rtx newexp; | |
1846 | char *str; | |
72f1215c | 1847 | int i, j, u, num, nvalues; |
41299f41 | 1848 | |
bee757e1 TW |
1849 | /* Rebuild the condition for the unit to share the RTL expressions. |
1850 | Sharing is required by simplify_by_exploding. Build the issue delay | |
1851 | expressions. Validate the expressions we were given for the conditions | |
1852 | and conflict vector. Then make attributes for use in the conflict | |
1853 | function. */ | |
1854 | ||
72f1215c | 1855 | for (unit = units; unit; unit = unit->next) |
bee757e1 | 1856 | { |
bee757e1 TW |
1857 | unit->condexp = check_attr_test (unit->condexp, 0); |
1858 | ||
1859 | for (op = unit->ops; op; op = op->next) | |
1860 | { | |
1861 | rtx issue_delay = make_numeric_value (op->issue_delay); | |
1862 | rtx issue_exp = issue_delay; | |
1863 | ||
1864 | /* Build, validate, and simplify the issue delay expression. */ | |
1865 | if (op->conflict_exp != true_rtx) | |
1866 | issue_exp = attr_rtx (IF_THEN_ELSE, op->conflict_exp, | |
1867 | issue_exp, make_numeric_value (0)); | |
1868 | issue_exp = check_attr_value (make_canonical (NULL_ATTR, | |
1869 | issue_exp), | |
72f1215c | 1870 | NULL_ATTR); |
bee757e1 TW |
1871 | issue_exp = simplify_knowing (issue_exp, unit->condexp); |
1872 | op->issue_exp = issue_exp; | |
1873 | ||
1874 | /* Make an attribute for use in the conflict function if needed. */ | |
1875 | unit->needs_conflict_function = (unit->issue_delay.min | |
1876 | != unit->issue_delay.max); | |
1877 | if (unit->needs_conflict_function) | |
1878 | { | |
0e9414fd MM |
1879 | str = attr_printf (strlen (unit->name) + sizeof ("*_cost_") + MAX_DIGITS, |
1880 | "*%s_cost_%d", unit->name, op->num); | |
bee757e1 TW |
1881 | make_internal_attr (str, issue_exp, 1); |
1882 | } | |
1883 | ||
1884 | /* Validate the condition. */ | |
1885 | op->condexp = check_attr_test (op->condexp, 0); | |
1886 | } | |
1887 | } | |
41299f41 | 1888 | |
72f1215c TW |
1889 | /* Compute the mask of function units used. Initially, the unitsmask is |
1890 | zero. Set up a conditional to compute each unit's contribution. */ | |
1891 | unitsmask = make_numeric_value (0); | |
41299f41 TW |
1892 | newexp = rtx_alloc (IF_THEN_ELSE); |
1893 | XEXP (newexp, 2) = make_numeric_value (0); | |
1894 | ||
71d9b493 RH |
1895 | /* If we have just a few units, we may be all right expanding the whole |
1896 | thing. But the expansion is 2**N in space on the number of opclasses, | |
1897 | so we can't do this for very long -- Alpha and MIPS in particular have | |
1898 | problems with this. So in that situation, we fall back on an alternate | |
1899 | implementation method. */ | |
1900 | #define NUM_UNITOP_CUTOFF 20 | |
1901 | ||
1902 | if (num_unit_opclasses < NUM_UNITOP_CUTOFF) | |
72f1215c | 1903 | { |
71d9b493 RH |
1904 | /* Merge each function unit into the unit mask attributes. */ |
1905 | for (unit = units; unit; unit = unit->next) | |
1906 | { | |
1907 | XEXP (newexp, 0) = unit->condexp; | |
1908 | XEXP (newexp, 1) = make_numeric_value (1 << unit->num); | |
1909 | unitsmask = operate_exp (OR_OP, unitsmask, newexp); | |
1910 | } | |
1911 | } | |
1912 | else | |
1913 | { | |
1914 | /* Merge each function unit into the unit mask attributes. */ | |
1915 | for (unit = units; unit; unit = unit->next) | |
1916 | { | |
1917 | XEXP (newexp, 0) = unit->condexp; | |
1918 | XEXP (newexp, 1) = make_numeric_value (1 << unit->num); | |
1919 | unitsmask = operate_exp (ORX_OP, unitsmask, attr_copy_rtx (newexp)); | |
1920 | } | |
72f1215c TW |
1921 | } |
1922 | ||
1923 | /* Simplify the unit mask expression, encode it, and make an attribute | |
1924 | for the function_units_used function. */ | |
1925 | unitsmask = simplify_by_exploding (unitsmask); | |
71d9b493 RH |
1926 | |
1927 | if (num_unit_opclasses < NUM_UNITOP_CUTOFF) | |
1928 | unitsmask = encode_units_mask (unitsmask); | |
1929 | else | |
1930 | { | |
1931 | /* We can no longer encode unitsmask at compile time, so emit code to | |
1932 | calculate it at runtime. Rather, put a marker for where we'd do | |
1933 | the code, and actually output it in write_attr_get(). */ | |
1934 | unitsmask = attr_rtx (FFS, unitsmask); | |
1935 | } | |
1936 | ||
72f1215c TW |
1937 | make_internal_attr ("*function_units_used", unitsmask, 2); |
1938 | ||
1939 | /* Create an array of ops for each unit. Add an extra unit for the | |
1940 | result_ready_cost function that has the ops of all other units. */ | |
1941 | unit_ops = (struct function_unit_op ***) | |
1942 | alloca ((num_units + 1) * sizeof (struct function_unit_op **)); | |
1943 | unit_num = (struct function_unit **) | |
1944 | alloca ((num_units + 1) * sizeof (struct function_unit *)); | |
1945 | ||
1946 | unit_num[num_units] = unit = (struct function_unit *) | |
1947 | alloca (sizeof (struct function_unit)); | |
1948 | unit->num = num_units; | |
1949 | unit->num_opclasses = 0; | |
1950 | ||
1951 | for (unit = units; unit; unit = unit->next) | |
1952 | { | |
1953 | unit_num[num_units]->num_opclasses += unit->num_opclasses; | |
1954 | unit_num[unit->num] = unit; | |
1955 | unit_ops[unit->num] = op_array = (struct function_unit_op **) | |
1956 | alloca (unit->num_opclasses * sizeof (struct function_unit_op *)); | |
1957 | ||
1958 | for (op = unit->ops; op; op = op->next) | |
1959 | op_array[op->num] = op; | |
1960 | } | |
1961 | ||
1962 | /* Compose the array of ops for the extra unit. */ | |
1963 | unit_ops[num_units] = op_array = (struct function_unit_op **) | |
1964 | alloca (unit_num[num_units]->num_opclasses | |
1965 | * sizeof (struct function_unit_op *)); | |
1966 | ||
1967 | for (unit = units, i = 0; unit; i += unit->num_opclasses, unit = unit->next) | |
4c9a05bc | 1968 | bcopy ((char *) unit_ops[unit->num], (char *) &op_array[i], |
72f1215c TW |
1969 | unit->num_opclasses * sizeof (struct function_unit_op *)); |
1970 | ||
1971 | /* Compute the ready cost function for each unit by computing the | |
1972 | condition for each non-default value. */ | |
1973 | for (u = 0; u <= num_units; u++) | |
1974 | { | |
1975 | rtx orexp; | |
1976 | int value; | |
1977 | ||
1978 | unit = unit_num[u]; | |
1979 | op_array = unit_ops[unit->num]; | |
1980 | num = unit->num_opclasses; | |
1981 | ||
1982 | /* Sort the array of ops into increasing ready cost order. */ | |
1983 | for (i = 0; i < num; i++) | |
1984 | for (j = num - 1; j > i; j--) | |
1985 | if (op_array[j-1]->ready < op_array[j]->ready) | |
1986 | { | |
1987 | op = op_array[j]; | |
1988 | op_array[j] = op_array[j-1]; | |
1989 | op_array[j-1] = op; | |
1990 | } | |
1991 | ||
1992 | /* Determine how many distinct non-default ready cost values there | |
1993 | are. We use a default ready cost value of 1. */ | |
1994 | nvalues = 0; value = 1; | |
1995 | for (i = num - 1; i >= 0; i--) | |
1996 | if (op_array[i]->ready > value) | |
1997 | { | |
1998 | value = op_array[i]->ready; | |
1999 | nvalues++; | |
2000 | } | |
2001 | ||
2002 | if (nvalues == 0) | |
2003 | readycost = make_numeric_value (1); | |
2004 | else | |
2005 | { | |
2006 | /* Construct the ready cost expression as a COND of each value from | |
2007 | the largest to the smallest. */ | |
2008 | readycost = rtx_alloc (COND); | |
2009 | XVEC (readycost, 0) = rtvec_alloc (nvalues * 2); | |
2010 | XEXP (readycost, 1) = make_numeric_value (1); | |
2011 | ||
2012 | nvalues = 0; orexp = false_rtx; value = op_array[0]->ready; | |
2013 | for (i = 0; i < num; i++) | |
2014 | { | |
2015 | op = op_array[i]; | |
2016 | if (op->ready <= 1) | |
2017 | break; | |
2018 | else if (op->ready == value) | |
f75d38a7 | 2019 | orexp = insert_right_side (IOR, orexp, op->condexp, -2, -2); |
72f1215c TW |
2020 | else |
2021 | { | |
2022 | XVECEXP (readycost, 0, nvalues * 2) = orexp; | |
2023 | XVECEXP (readycost, 0, nvalues * 2 + 1) | |
2024 | = make_numeric_value (value); | |
2025 | nvalues++; | |
2026 | value = op->ready; | |
2027 | orexp = op->condexp; | |
2028 | } | |
2029 | } | |
2030 | XVECEXP (readycost, 0, nvalues * 2) = orexp; | |
2031 | XVECEXP (readycost, 0, nvalues * 2 + 1) = make_numeric_value (value); | |
2032 | } | |
2033 | ||
72f1215c | 2034 | if (u < num_units) |
bee757e1 TW |
2035 | { |
2036 | rtx max_blockage = 0, min_blockage = 0; | |
2037 | ||
2038 | /* Simplify the readycost expression by only considering insns | |
2039 | that use the unit. */ | |
2040 | readycost = simplify_knowing (readycost, unit->condexp); | |
2041 | ||
2042 | /* Determine the blockage cost the executing insn (E) given | |
2043 | the candidate insn (C). This is the maximum of the issue | |
2044 | delay, the pipeline delay, and the simultaneity constraint. | |
2045 | Each function_unit_op represents the characteristics of the | |
2046 | candidate insn, so in the expressions below, C is a known | |
2047 | term and E is an unknown term. | |
2048 | ||
cb1520bc JW |
2049 | We compute the blockage cost for each E for every possible C. |
2050 | Thus OP represents E, and READYCOST is a list of values for | |
2051 | every possible C. | |
2052 | ||
bee757e1 TW |
2053 | The issue delay function for C is op->issue_exp and is used to |
2054 | write the `<name>_unit_conflict_cost' function. Symbolicly | |
2055 | this is "ISSUE-DELAY (E,C)". | |
2056 | ||
2057 | The pipeline delay results form the FIFO constraint on the | |
2058 | function unit and is "READY-COST (E) + 1 - READY-COST (C)". | |
2059 | ||
2060 | The simultaneity constraint is based on how long it takes to | |
2061 | fill the unit given the minimum issue delay. FILL-TIME is the | |
2062 | constant "MIN (ISSUE-DELAY (*,*)) * (SIMULTANEITY - 1)", and | |
2063 | the simultaneity constraint is "READY-COST (E) - FILL-TIME" | |
2064 | if SIMULTANEITY is non-zero and zero otherwise. | |
2065 | ||
2066 | Thus, BLOCKAGE (E,C) when SIMULTANEITY is zero is | |
2067 | ||
2068 | MAX (ISSUE-DELAY (E,C), | |
2069 | READY-COST (E) - (READY-COST (C) - 1)) | |
2070 | ||
2071 | and otherwise | |
2072 | ||
2073 | MAX (ISSUE-DELAY (E,C), | |
2074 | READY-COST (E) - (READY-COST (C) - 1), | |
2075 | READY-COST (E) - FILL-TIME) | |
2076 | ||
2077 | The `<name>_unit_blockage' function is computed by determining | |
2078 | this value for each candidate insn. As these values are | |
2079 | computed, we also compute the upper and lower bounds for | |
2080 | BLOCKAGE (E,*). These are combined to form the function | |
2081 | `<name>_unit_blockage_range'. Finally, the maximum blockage | |
2082 | cost, MAX (BLOCKAGE (*,*)), is computed. */ | |
2083 | ||
2084 | for (op = unit->ops; op; op = op->next) | |
2085 | { | |
8c660648 JL |
2086 | #ifdef HAIFA |
2087 | rtx blockage = op->issue_exp; | |
2088 | #else | |
81fe0dbc JW |
2089 | rtx blockage = operate_exp (POS_MINUS_OP, readycost, |
2090 | make_numeric_value (1)); | |
bee757e1 TW |
2091 | |
2092 | if (unit->simultaneity != 0) | |
81fe0dbc JW |
2093 | { |
2094 | rtx filltime = make_numeric_value ((unit->simultaneity - 1) | |
2095 | * unit->issue_delay.min); | |
2096 | blockage = operate_exp (MIN_OP, blockage, filltime); | |
2097 | } | |
bee757e1 | 2098 | |
81fe0dbc JW |
2099 | blockage = operate_exp (POS_MINUS_OP, |
2100 | make_numeric_value (op->ready), | |
2101 | blockage); | |
bee757e1 TW |
2102 | |
2103 | blockage = operate_exp (MAX_OP, blockage, op->issue_exp); | |
8c660648 | 2104 | #endif |
bee757e1 TW |
2105 | blockage = simplify_knowing (blockage, unit->condexp); |
2106 | ||
2107 | /* Add this op's contribution to MAX (BLOCKAGE (E,*)) and | |
2108 | MIN (BLOCKAGE (E,*)). */ | |
2109 | if (max_blockage == 0) | |
2110 | max_blockage = min_blockage = blockage; | |
2111 | else | |
2112 | { | |
2113 | max_blockage | |
2114 | = simplify_knowing (operate_exp (MAX_OP, max_blockage, | |
2115 | blockage), | |
2116 | unit->condexp); | |
2117 | min_blockage | |
2118 | = simplify_knowing (operate_exp (MIN_OP, min_blockage, | |
2119 | blockage), | |
2120 | unit->condexp); | |
2121 | } | |
2122 | ||
2123 | /* Make an attribute for use in the blockage function. */ | |
0e9414fd MM |
2124 | str = attr_printf (strlen (unit->name) + sizeof ("*_block_") + MAX_DIGITS, |
2125 | "*%s_block_%d", unit->name, op->num); | |
bee757e1 TW |
2126 | make_internal_attr (str, blockage, 1); |
2127 | } | |
2128 | ||
2129 | /* Record MAX (BLOCKAGE (*,*)). */ | |
2130 | unit->max_blockage = max_attr_value (max_blockage); | |
2131 | ||
2132 | /* See if the upper and lower bounds of BLOCKAGE (E,*) are the | |
2133 | same. If so, the blockage function carries no additional | |
2134 | information and is not written. */ | |
2135 | newexp = operate_exp (EQ_OP, max_blockage, min_blockage); | |
2136 | newexp = simplify_knowing (newexp, unit->condexp); | |
2137 | unit->needs_blockage_function | |
2138 | = (GET_CODE (newexp) != CONST_STRING | |
2139 | || atoi (XSTR (newexp, 0)) != 1); | |
2140 | ||
2141 | /* If the all values of BLOCKAGE (E,C) have the same value, | |
2142 | neither blockage function is written. */ | |
2143 | unit->needs_range_function | |
2144 | = (unit->needs_blockage_function | |
2145 | || GET_CODE (max_blockage) != CONST_STRING); | |
2146 | ||
2147 | if (unit->needs_range_function) | |
2148 | { | |
2149 | /* Compute the blockage range function and make an attribute | |
2150 | for writing it's value. */ | |
2151 | newexp = operate_exp (RANGE_OP, min_blockage, max_blockage); | |
2152 | newexp = simplify_knowing (newexp, unit->condexp); | |
2153 | ||
0e9414fd | 2154 | str = attr_printf (strlen (unit->name) + sizeof ("*_unit_blockage_range"), |
bee757e1 TW |
2155 | "*%s_unit_blockage_range", unit->name); |
2156 | make_internal_attr (str, newexp, 4); | |
2157 | } | |
2158 | ||
0e9414fd MM |
2159 | str = attr_printf (strlen (unit->name) + sizeof ("*_unit_ready_cost"), |
2160 | "*%s_unit_ready_cost", unit->name); | |
bee757e1 | 2161 | } |
72f1215c TW |
2162 | else |
2163 | str = "*result_ready_cost"; | |
bee757e1 TW |
2164 | |
2165 | /* Make an attribute for the ready_cost function. Simplifying | |
2166 | further with simplify_by_exploding doesn't win. */ | |
72f1215c TW |
2167 | make_internal_attr (str, readycost, 0); |
2168 | } | |
2169 | ||
2170 | /* For each unit that requires a conflict cost function, make an attribute | |
2171 | that maps insns to the operation number. */ | |
41299f41 TW |
2172 | for (unit = units; unit; unit = unit->next) |
2173 | { | |
72f1215c | 2174 | rtx caseexp; |
41299f41 | 2175 | |
bee757e1 TW |
2176 | if (! unit->needs_conflict_function |
2177 | && ! unit->needs_blockage_function) | |
72f1215c TW |
2178 | continue; |
2179 | ||
2180 | caseexp = rtx_alloc (COND); | |
41299f41 TW |
2181 | XVEC (caseexp, 0) = rtvec_alloc ((unit->num_opclasses - 1) * 2); |
2182 | ||
2183 | for (op = unit->ops; op; op = op->next) | |
2184 | { | |
72f1215c TW |
2185 | /* Make our adjustment to the COND being computed. If we are the |
2186 | last operation class, place our values into the default of the | |
2187 | COND. */ | |
41299f41 TW |
2188 | if (op->num == unit->num_opclasses - 1) |
2189 | { | |
41299f41 TW |
2190 | XEXP (caseexp, 1) = make_numeric_value (op->num); |
2191 | } | |
2192 | else | |
2193 | { | |
41299f41 TW |
2194 | XVECEXP (caseexp, 0, op->num * 2) = op->condexp; |
2195 | XVECEXP (caseexp, 0, op->num * 2 + 1) | |
2196 | = make_numeric_value (op->num); | |
2197 | } | |
2198 | } | |
2199 | ||
72f1215c | 2200 | /* Simplifying caseexp with simplify_by_exploding doesn't win. */ |
0e9414fd MM |
2201 | str = attr_printf (strlen (unit->name) + sizeof ("*_cases"), |
2202 | "*%s_cases", unit->name); | |
41299f41 | 2203 | make_internal_attr (str, caseexp, 1); |
72f1215c TW |
2204 | } |
2205 | } | |
41299f41 | 2206 | |
bee757e1 TW |
2207 | /* Simplify EXP given KNOWN_TRUE. */ |
2208 | ||
2209 | static rtx | |
2210 | simplify_knowing (exp, known_true) | |
2211 | rtx exp, known_true; | |
2212 | { | |
2213 | if (GET_CODE (exp) != CONST_STRING) | |
2214 | { | |
2215 | exp = attr_rtx (IF_THEN_ELSE, known_true, exp, | |
2216 | make_numeric_value (max_attr_value (exp))); | |
2217 | exp = simplify_by_exploding (exp); | |
2218 | } | |
2219 | return exp; | |
2220 | } | |
2221 | ||
72f1215c TW |
2222 | /* Translate the CONST_STRING expressions in X to change the encoding of |
2223 | value. On input, the value is a bitmask with a one bit for each unit | |
2224 | used; on output, the value is the unit number (zero based) if one | |
2225 | and only one unit is used or the one's compliment of the bitmask. */ | |
41299f41 | 2226 | |
72f1215c TW |
2227 | static rtx |
2228 | encode_units_mask (x) | |
2229 | rtx x; | |
2230 | { | |
2231 | register int i; | |
2232 | register int j; | |
2233 | register enum rtx_code code; | |
2234 | register char *fmt; | |
2235 | ||
2236 | code = GET_CODE (x); | |
2237 | ||
2238 | switch (code) | |
2239 | { | |
2240 | case CONST_STRING: | |
2241 | i = atoi (XSTR (x, 0)); | |
2242 | if (i < 0) | |
2243 | abort (); /* The sign bit encodes a one's compliment mask. */ | |
2244 | else if (i != 0 && i == (i & -i)) | |
2245 | /* Only one bit is set, so yield that unit number. */ | |
2246 | for (j = 0; (i >>= 1) != 0; j++) | |
2247 | ; | |
2248 | else | |
2249 | j = ~i; | |
0e9414fd | 2250 | return attr_rtx (CONST_STRING, attr_printf (MAX_DIGITS, "%d", j)); |
41299f41 | 2251 | |
72f1215c TW |
2252 | case REG: |
2253 | case QUEUED: | |
2254 | case CONST_INT: | |
2255 | case CONST_DOUBLE: | |
2256 | case SYMBOL_REF: | |
2257 | case CODE_LABEL: | |
2258 | case PC: | |
2259 | case CC0: | |
2260 | case EQ_ATTR: | |
2261 | return x; | |
e9a25f70 JL |
2262 | |
2263 | default: | |
2264 | break; | |
41299f41 TW |
2265 | } |
2266 | ||
72f1215c TW |
2267 | /* Compare the elements. If any pair of corresponding elements |
2268 | fail to match, return 0 for the whole things. */ | |
2269 | ||
2270 | fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code); | |
2271 | for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--) | |
2272 | { | |
2273 | switch (fmt[i]) | |
2274 | { | |
2275 | case 'V': | |
2276 | case 'E': | |
2277 | for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++) | |
2278 | XVECEXP (x, i, j) = encode_units_mask (XVECEXP (x, i, j)); | |
2279 | break; | |
2280 | ||
2281 | case 'e': | |
2282 | XEXP (x, i) = encode_units_mask (XEXP (x, i)); | |
2283 | break; | |
2284 | } | |
2285 | } | |
2286 | return x; | |
41299f41 TW |
2287 | } |
2288 | \f | |
2289 | /* Once all attributes and insns have been read and checked, we construct for | |
2290 | each attribute value a list of all the insns that have that value for | |
2291 | the attribute. */ | |
2292 | ||
2293 | static void | |
2294 | fill_attr (attr) | |
2295 | struct attr_desc *attr; | |
2296 | { | |
2297 | struct attr_value *av; | |
2298 | struct insn_ent *ie; | |
2299 | struct insn_def *id; | |
2300 | int i; | |
2301 | rtx value; | |
2302 | ||
b31a5831 RS |
2303 | /* Don't fill constant attributes. The value is independent of |
2304 | any particular insn. */ | |
2305 | if (attr->is_const) | |
2306 | return; | |
2307 | ||
41299f41 TW |
2308 | for (id = defs; id; id = id->next) |
2309 | { | |
2310 | /* If no value is specified for this insn for this attribute, use the | |
2311 | default. */ | |
2312 | value = NULL; | |
2313 | if (XVEC (id->def, id->vec_idx)) | |
2314 | for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (id->def, id->vec_idx); i++) | |
2315 | if (! strcmp (XSTR (XEXP (XVECEXP (id->def, id->vec_idx, i), 0), 0), | |
2316 | attr->name)) | |
2317 | value = XEXP (XVECEXP (id->def, id->vec_idx, i), 1); | |
2318 | ||
2319 | if (value == NULL) | |
2320 | av = attr->default_val; | |
2321 | else | |
2322 | av = get_attr_value (value, attr, id->insn_code); | |
2323 | ||
0e9414fd | 2324 | ie = (struct insn_ent *) oballoc (sizeof (struct insn_ent)); |
41299f41 TW |
2325 | ie->insn_code = id->insn_code; |
2326 | ie->insn_index = id->insn_code; | |
2327 | insert_insn_ent (av, ie); | |
2328 | } | |
2329 | } | |
2330 | \f | |
ae90e6a3 RS |
2331 | /* Given an expression EXP, see if it is a COND or IF_THEN_ELSE that has a |
2332 | test that checks relative positions of insns (uses MATCH_DUP or PC). | |
2333 | If so, replace it with what is obtained by passing the expression to | |
2334 | ADDRESS_FN. If not but it is a COND or IF_THEN_ELSE, call this routine | |
2335 | recursively on each value (including the default value). Otherwise, | |
2336 | return the value returned by NO_ADDRESS_FN applied to EXP. */ | |
41299f41 TW |
2337 | |
2338 | static rtx | |
2339 | substitute_address (exp, no_address_fn, address_fn) | |
2340 | rtx exp; | |
2341 | rtx (*no_address_fn) (); | |
2342 | rtx (*address_fn) (); | |
2343 | { | |
2344 | int i; | |
2345 | rtx newexp; | |
2346 | ||
ae90e6a3 RS |
2347 | if (GET_CODE (exp) == COND) |
2348 | { | |
2349 | /* See if any tests use addresses. */ | |
2350 | address_used = 0; | |
2351 | for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (exp, 0); i += 2) | |
2352 | walk_attr_value (XVECEXP (exp, 0, i)); | |
41299f41 | 2353 | |
ae90e6a3 RS |
2354 | if (address_used) |
2355 | return (*address_fn) (exp); | |
41299f41 | 2356 | |
ae90e6a3 RS |
2357 | /* Make a new copy of this COND, replacing each element. */ |
2358 | newexp = rtx_alloc (COND); | |
2359 | XVEC (newexp, 0) = rtvec_alloc (XVECLEN (exp, 0)); | |
2360 | for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (exp, 0); i += 2) | |
2361 | { | |
2362 | XVECEXP (newexp, 0, i) = XVECEXP (exp, 0, i); | |
2363 | XVECEXP (newexp, 0, i + 1) | |
2364 | = substitute_address (XVECEXP (exp, 0, i + 1), | |
2365 | no_address_fn, address_fn); | |
2366 | } | |
41299f41 | 2367 | |
ae90e6a3 RS |
2368 | XEXP (newexp, 1) = substitute_address (XEXP (exp, 1), |
2369 | no_address_fn, address_fn); | |
2370 | ||
2371 | return newexp; | |
41299f41 TW |
2372 | } |
2373 | ||
ae90e6a3 RS |
2374 | else if (GET_CODE (exp) == IF_THEN_ELSE) |
2375 | { | |
2376 | address_used = 0; | |
2377 | walk_attr_value (XEXP (exp, 0)); | |
2378 | if (address_used) | |
2379 | return (*address_fn) (exp); | |
41299f41 | 2380 | |
3e7b5313 TW |
2381 | return attr_rtx (IF_THEN_ELSE, |
2382 | substitute_address (XEXP (exp, 0), | |
2383 | no_address_fn, address_fn), | |
2384 | substitute_address (XEXP (exp, 1), | |
2385 | no_address_fn, address_fn), | |
2386 | substitute_address (XEXP (exp, 2), | |
2387 | no_address_fn, address_fn)); | |
ae90e6a3 RS |
2388 | } |
2389 | ||
2390 | return (*no_address_fn) (exp); | |
41299f41 TW |
2391 | } |
2392 | \f | |
2393 | /* Make new attributes from the `length' attribute. The following are made, | |
2394 | each corresponding to a function called from `shorten_branches' or | |
2395 | `get_attr_length': | |
2396 | ||
2397 | *insn_default_length This is the length of the insn to be returned | |
2398 | by `get_attr_length' before `shorten_branches' | |
2399 | has been called. In each case where the length | |
2400 | depends on relative addresses, the largest | |
2401 | possible is used. This routine is also used | |
2402 | to compute the initial size of the insn. | |
2403 | ||
2404 | *insn_variable_length_p This returns 1 if the insn's length depends | |
2405 | on relative addresses, zero otherwise. | |
2406 | ||
2407 | *insn_current_length This is only called when it is known that the | |
2408 | insn has a variable length and returns the | |
2409 | current length, based on relative addresses. | |
2410 | */ | |
2411 | ||
2412 | static void | |
2413 | make_length_attrs () | |
2414 | { | |
2415 | static char *new_names[] = {"*insn_default_length", | |
2416 | "*insn_variable_length_p", | |
2417 | "*insn_current_length"}; | |
f75d38a7 RK |
2418 | static rtx (*no_address_fn[]) PROTO((rtx)) = {identity_fn, zero_fn, zero_fn}; |
2419 | static rtx (*address_fn[]) PROTO((rtx)) = {max_fn, one_fn, identity_fn}; | |
41299f41 TW |
2420 | int i; |
2421 | struct attr_desc *length_attr, *new_attr; | |
2422 | struct attr_value *av, *new_av; | |
2423 | struct insn_ent *ie, *new_ie; | |
2424 | ||
2425 | /* See if length attribute is defined. If so, it must be numeric. Make | |
2426 | it special so we don't output anything for it. */ | |
2427 | length_attr = find_attr ("length", 0); | |
2428 | if (length_attr == 0) | |
2429 | return; | |
2430 | ||
2431 | if (! length_attr->is_numeric) | |
2432 | fatal ("length attribute must be numeric."); | |
2433 | ||
3e7b5313 | 2434 | length_attr->is_const = 0; |
41299f41 TW |
2435 | length_attr->is_special = 1; |
2436 | ||
2437 | /* Make each new attribute, in turn. */ | |
2438 | for (i = 0; i < sizeof new_names / sizeof new_names[0]; i++) | |
2439 | { | |
2440 | make_internal_attr (new_names[i], | |
2441 | substitute_address (length_attr->default_val->value, | |
2442 | no_address_fn[i], address_fn[i]), | |
2443 | 0); | |
2444 | new_attr = find_attr (new_names[i], 0); | |
2445 | for (av = length_attr->first_value; av; av = av->next) | |
2446 | for (ie = av->first_insn; ie; ie = ie->next) | |
2447 | { | |
2448 | new_av = get_attr_value (substitute_address (av->value, | |
2449 | no_address_fn[i], | |
2450 | address_fn[i]), | |
2451 | new_attr, ie->insn_code); | |
0e9414fd | 2452 | new_ie = (struct insn_ent *) oballoc (sizeof (struct insn_ent)); |
41299f41 TW |
2453 | new_ie->insn_code = ie->insn_code; |
2454 | new_ie->insn_index = ie->insn_index; | |
2455 | insert_insn_ent (new_av, new_ie); | |
2456 | } | |
2457 | } | |
2458 | } | |
2459 | ||
2460 | /* Utility functions called from above routine. */ | |
2461 | ||
2462 | static rtx | |
2463 | identity_fn (exp) | |
2464 | rtx exp; | |
2465 | { | |
2466 | return exp; | |
2467 | } | |
2468 | ||
2469 | static rtx | |
2470 | zero_fn (exp) | |
2471 | rtx exp; | |
2472 | { | |
2473 | return make_numeric_value (0); | |
2474 | } | |
2475 | ||
2476 | static rtx | |
2477 | one_fn (exp) | |
2478 | rtx exp; | |
2479 | { | |
2480 | return make_numeric_value (1); | |
2481 | } | |
2482 | ||
2483 | static rtx | |
2484 | max_fn (exp) | |
2485 | rtx exp; | |
2486 | { | |
2487 | return make_numeric_value (max_attr_value (exp)); | |
2488 | } | |
fc470718 R |
2489 | |
2490 | static void | |
2491 | write_length_unit_log () | |
2492 | { | |
2493 | struct attr_desc *length_attr = find_attr ("length", 0); | |
2494 | struct attr_value *av; | |
2495 | struct insn_ent *ie; | |
2496 | unsigned int length_unit_log, length_or; | |
2497 | ||
2498 | if (length_attr == 0) | |
2499 | return; | |
2500 | length_or = or_attr_value (length_attr->default_val->value); | |
2501 | for (av = length_attr->first_value; av; av = av->next) | |
2502 | for (ie = av->first_insn; ie; ie = ie->next) | |
2503 | length_or |= or_attr_value (av->value); | |
2504 | length_or = ~length_or; | |
2505 | for (length_unit_log = 0; length_or & 1; length_or >>= 1) | |
2506 | length_unit_log++; | |
2507 | printf ("int length_unit_log = %u;\n", length_unit_log); | |
2508 | } | |
41299f41 TW |
2509 | \f |
2510 | /* Take a COND expression and see if any of the conditions in it can be | |
2511 | simplified. If any are known true or known false for the particular insn | |
2512 | code, the COND can be further simplified. | |
2513 | ||
2514 | Also call ourselves on any COND operations that are values of this COND. | |
2515 | ||
7339c88d | 2516 | We do not modify EXP; rather, we make and return a new rtx. */ |
41299f41 TW |
2517 | |
2518 | static rtx | |
2519 | simplify_cond (exp, insn_code, insn_index) | |
2520 | rtx exp; | |
2521 | int insn_code, insn_index; | |
2522 | { | |
2523 | int i, j; | |
7339c88d RS |
2524 | /* We store the desired contents here, |
2525 | then build a new expression if they don't match EXP. */ | |
2526 | rtx defval = XEXP (exp, 1); | |
eaed7119 | 2527 | rtx new_defval = XEXP (exp, 1); |
7339c88d | 2528 | int len = XVECLEN (exp, 0); |
ec743e55 | 2529 | rtunion *tests = (rtunion *) alloca (len * sizeof (rtunion)); |
7339c88d | 2530 | int allsame = 1; |
b5b6ad46 | 2531 | char *first_spacer; |
41299f41 | 2532 | |
7339c88d | 2533 | /* This lets us free all storage allocated below, if appropriate. */ |
81fd4c6e | 2534 | first_spacer = (char *) obstack_finish (rtl_obstack); |
41299f41 | 2535 | |
ec743e55 | 2536 | bcopy ((char *) XVEC (exp, 0)->elem, (char *) tests, len * sizeof (rtunion)); |
41299f41 | 2537 | |
7339c88d RS |
2538 | /* See if default value needs simplification. */ |
2539 | if (GET_CODE (defval) == COND) | |
eaed7119 | 2540 | new_defval = simplify_cond (defval, insn_code, insn_index); |
41299f41 | 2541 | |
81fd4c6e | 2542 | /* Simplify the subexpressions, and see what tests we can get rid of. */ |
41299f41 | 2543 | |
81fd4c6e | 2544 | for (i = 0; i < len; i += 2) |
7339c88d RS |
2545 | { |
2546 | rtx newtest, newval; | |
41299f41 | 2547 | |
7339c88d | 2548 | /* Simplify this test. */ |
ec743e55 RK |
2549 | newtest = SIMPLIFY_TEST_EXP (tests[i].rtx, insn_code, insn_index); |
2550 | tests[i].rtx = newtest; | |
41299f41 | 2551 | |
ec743e55 | 2552 | newval = tests[i + 1].rtx; |
7339c88d RS |
2553 | /* See if this value may need simplification. */ |
2554 | if (GET_CODE (newval) == COND) | |
2555 | newval = simplify_cond (newval, insn_code, insn_index); | |
2556 | ||
2557 | /* Look for ways to delete or combine this test. */ | |
2558 | if (newtest == true_rtx) | |
2559 | { | |
2560 | /* If test is true, make this value the default | |
2561 | and discard this + any following tests. */ | |
2562 | len = i; | |
ec743e55 | 2563 | defval = tests[i + 1].rtx; |
eaed7119 | 2564 | new_defval = newval; |
41299f41 TW |
2565 | } |
2566 | ||
7339c88d | 2567 | else if (newtest == false_rtx) |
41299f41 | 2568 | { |
7339c88d RS |
2569 | /* If test is false, discard it and its value. */ |
2570 | for (j = i; j < len - 2; j++) | |
ec743e55 | 2571 | tests[j].rtx = tests[j + 2].rtx; |
81fd4c6e RS |
2572 | len -= 2; |
2573 | } | |
41299f41 | 2574 | |
ec743e55 | 2575 | else if (i > 0 && attr_equal_p (newval, tests[i - 1].rtx)) |
81fd4c6e RS |
2576 | { |
2577 | /* If this value and the value for the prev test are the same, | |
2578 | merge the tests. */ | |
2579 | ||
ec743e55 RK |
2580 | tests[i - 2].rtx |
2581 | = insert_right_side (IOR, tests[i - 2].rtx, newtest, | |
81fd4c6e RS |
2582 | insn_code, insn_index); |
2583 | ||
2584 | /* Delete this test/value. */ | |
2585 | for (j = i; j < len - 2; j++) | |
ec743e55 | 2586 | tests[j].rtx = tests[j + 2].rtx; |
7339c88d | 2587 | len -= 2; |
41299f41 TW |
2588 | } |
2589 | ||
81fd4c6e | 2590 | else |
ec743e55 | 2591 | tests[i + 1].rtx = newval; |
7339c88d | 2592 | } |
41299f41 | 2593 | |
81fd4c6e RS |
2594 | /* If the last test in a COND has the same value |
2595 | as the default value, that test isn't needed. */ | |
2596 | ||
ec743e55 | 2597 | while (len > 0 && attr_equal_p (tests[len - 1].rtx, new_defval)) |
81fd4c6e RS |
2598 | len -= 2; |
2599 | ||
2600 | /* See if we changed anything. */ | |
2601 | if (len != XVECLEN (exp, 0) || new_defval != XEXP (exp, 1)) | |
2602 | allsame = 0; | |
2603 | else | |
2604 | for (i = 0; i < len; i++) | |
ec743e55 | 2605 | if (! attr_equal_p (tests[i].rtx, XVECEXP (exp, 0, i))) |
81fd4c6e RS |
2606 | { |
2607 | allsame = 0; | |
2608 | break; | |
2609 | } | |
41299f41 | 2610 | |
7339c88d RS |
2611 | if (len == 0) |
2612 | { | |
81fd4c6e | 2613 | obstack_free (rtl_obstack, first_spacer); |
7339c88d RS |
2614 | if (GET_CODE (defval) == COND) |
2615 | return simplify_cond (defval, insn_code, insn_index); | |
2616 | return defval; | |
2617 | } | |
81fd4c6e RS |
2618 | else if (allsame) |
2619 | { | |
2620 | obstack_free (rtl_obstack, first_spacer); | |
2621 | return exp; | |
2622 | } | |
7339c88d RS |
2623 | else |
2624 | { | |
81fd4c6e | 2625 | rtx newexp = rtx_alloc (COND); |
7339c88d RS |
2626 | |
2627 | XVEC (newexp, 0) = rtvec_alloc (len); | |
ec743e55 RK |
2628 | bcopy ((char *) tests, (char *) XVEC (newexp, 0)->elem, |
2629 | len * sizeof (rtunion)); | |
81fd4c6e | 2630 | XEXP (newexp, 1) = new_defval; |
7339c88d | 2631 | return newexp; |
41299f41 | 2632 | } |
41299f41 TW |
2633 | } |
2634 | \f | |
2635 | /* Remove an insn entry from an attribute value. */ | |
2636 | ||
2637 | static void | |
2638 | remove_insn_ent (av, ie) | |
2639 | struct attr_value *av; | |
2640 | struct insn_ent *ie; | |
2641 | { | |
2642 | struct insn_ent *previe; | |
2643 | ||
2644 | if (av->first_insn == ie) | |
2645 | av->first_insn = ie->next; | |
2646 | else | |
2647 | { | |
2648 | for (previe = av->first_insn; previe->next != ie; previe = previe->next) | |
2649 | ; | |
2650 | previe->next = ie->next; | |
2651 | } | |
2652 | ||
2653 | av->num_insns--; | |
2654 | if (ie->insn_code == -1) | |
2655 | av->has_asm_insn = 0; | |
1c69865d ILT |
2656 | |
2657 | num_insn_ents--; | |
41299f41 TW |
2658 | } |
2659 | ||
2660 | /* Insert an insn entry in an attribute value list. */ | |
2661 | ||
2662 | static void | |
2663 | insert_insn_ent (av, ie) | |
2664 | struct attr_value *av; | |
2665 | struct insn_ent *ie; | |
2666 | { | |
2667 | ie->next = av->first_insn; | |
2668 | av->first_insn = ie; | |
2669 | av->num_insns++; | |
2670 | if (ie->insn_code == -1) | |
2671 | av->has_asm_insn = 1; | |
1c69865d ILT |
2672 | |
2673 | num_insn_ents++; | |
41299f41 TW |
2674 | } |
2675 | \f | |
2676 | /* This is a utility routine to take an expression that is a tree of either | |
2677 | AND or IOR expressions and insert a new term. The new term will be | |
2678 | inserted at the right side of the first node whose code does not match | |
2679 | the root. A new node will be created with the root's code. Its left | |
2680 | side will be the old right side and its right side will be the new | |
2681 | term. | |
2682 | ||
2683 | If the `term' is itself a tree, all its leaves will be inserted. */ | |
2684 | ||
2685 | static rtx | |
2686 | insert_right_side (code, exp, term, insn_code, insn_index) | |
f75d38a7 | 2687 | enum rtx_code code; |
41299f41 TW |
2688 | rtx exp; |
2689 | rtx term; | |
2690 | int insn_code, insn_index; | |
2691 | { | |
2692 | rtx newexp; | |
2693 | ||
7339c88d RS |
2694 | /* Avoid consing in some special cases. */ |
2695 | if (code == AND && term == true_rtx) | |
2696 | return exp; | |
2697 | if (code == AND && term == false_rtx) | |
2698 | return false_rtx; | |
2699 | if (code == AND && exp == true_rtx) | |
2700 | return term; | |
2701 | if (code == AND && exp == false_rtx) | |
2702 | return false_rtx; | |
2703 | if (code == IOR && term == true_rtx) | |
2704 | return true_rtx; | |
2705 | if (code == IOR && term == false_rtx) | |
2706 | return exp; | |
2707 | if (code == IOR && exp == true_rtx) | |
2708 | return true_rtx; | |
2709 | if (code == IOR && exp == false_rtx) | |
2710 | return term; | |
81fd4c6e | 2711 | if (attr_equal_p (exp, term)) |
7339c88d RS |
2712 | return exp; |
2713 | ||
41299f41 TW |
2714 | if (GET_CODE (term) == code) |
2715 | { | |
2716 | exp = insert_right_side (code, exp, XEXP (term, 0), | |
2717 | insn_code, insn_index); | |
2718 | exp = insert_right_side (code, exp, XEXP (term, 1), | |
2719 | insn_code, insn_index); | |
2720 | ||
2721 | return exp; | |
2722 | } | |
2723 | ||
2724 | if (GET_CODE (exp) == code) | |
2725 | { | |
7339c88d RS |
2726 | rtx new = insert_right_side (code, XEXP (exp, 1), |
2727 | term, insn_code, insn_index); | |
2728 | if (new != XEXP (exp, 1)) | |
2729 | /* Make a copy of this expression and call recursively. */ | |
2730 | newexp = attr_rtx (code, XEXP (exp, 0), new); | |
2731 | else | |
2732 | newexp = exp; | |
41299f41 TW |
2733 | } |
2734 | else | |
2735 | { | |
2736 | /* Insert the new term. */ | |
3e7b5313 | 2737 | newexp = attr_rtx (code, exp, term); |
7339c88d | 2738 | } |
41299f41 TW |
2739 | |
2740 | return SIMPLIFY_TEST_EXP (newexp, insn_code, insn_index); | |
2741 | } | |
2742 | \f | |
2743 | /* If we have an expression which AND's a bunch of | |
2744 | (not (eq_attrq "alternative" "n")) | |
2745 | terms, we may have covered all or all but one of the possible alternatives. | |
2746 | If so, we can optimize. Similarly for IOR's of EQ_ATTR. | |
2747 | ||
2748 | This routine is passed an expression and either AND or IOR. It returns a | |
f75d38a7 | 2749 | bitmask indicating which alternatives are mentioned within EXP. */ |
41299f41 TW |
2750 | |
2751 | static int | |
2752 | compute_alternative_mask (exp, code) | |
2753 | rtx exp; | |
f75d38a7 | 2754 | enum rtx_code code; |
41299f41 | 2755 | { |
b31a5831 | 2756 | char *string; |
41299f41 TW |
2757 | if (GET_CODE (exp) == code) |
2758 | return compute_alternative_mask (XEXP (exp, 0), code) | |
2759 | | compute_alternative_mask (XEXP (exp, 1), code); | |
2760 | ||
2761 | else if (code == AND && GET_CODE (exp) == NOT | |
2762 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (exp, 0)) == EQ_ATTR | |
2763 | && XSTR (XEXP (exp, 0), 0) == alternative_name) | |
b31a5831 | 2764 | string = XSTR (XEXP (exp, 0), 1); |
41299f41 TW |
2765 | |
2766 | else if (code == IOR && GET_CODE (exp) == EQ_ATTR | |
2767 | && XSTR (exp, 0) == alternative_name) | |
b31a5831 | 2768 | string = XSTR (exp, 1); |
41299f41 TW |
2769 | |
2770 | else | |
2771 | return 0; | |
b31a5831 RS |
2772 | |
2773 | if (string[1] == 0) | |
2774 | return 1 << (string[0] - '0'); | |
2775 | return 1 << atoi (string); | |
41299f41 TW |
2776 | } |
2777 | ||
2778 | /* Given I, a single-bit mask, return RTX to compare the `alternative' | |
2779 | attribute with the value represented by that bit. */ | |
2780 | ||
2781 | static rtx | |
2782 | make_alternative_compare (mask) | |
2783 | int mask; | |
2784 | { | |
2785 | rtx newexp; | |
2786 | int i; | |
41299f41 TW |
2787 | |
2788 | /* Find the bit. */ | |
2789 | for (i = 0; (mask & (1 << i)) == 0; i++) | |
2790 | ; | |
2791 | ||
81fd4c6e | 2792 | newexp = attr_rtx (EQ_ATTR, alternative_name, attr_numeral (i)); |
41299f41 TW |
2793 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P (newexp) = 1; |
2794 | ||
2795 | return newexp; | |
2796 | } | |
2797 | \f | |
2798 | /* If we are processing an (eq_attr "attr" "value") test, we find the value | |
2799 | of "attr" for this insn code. From that value, we can compute a test | |
2800 | showing when the EQ_ATTR will be true. This routine performs that | |
2801 | computation. If a test condition involves an address, we leave the EQ_ATTR | |
f75d38a7 | 2802 | intact because addresses are only valid for the `length' attribute. |
41299f41 | 2803 | |
f75d38a7 RK |
2804 | EXP is the EQ_ATTR expression and VALUE is the value of that attribute |
2805 | for the insn corresponding to INSN_CODE and INSN_INDEX. */ | |
7339c88d | 2806 | |
41299f41 TW |
2807 | static rtx |
2808 | evaluate_eq_attr (exp, value, insn_code, insn_index) | |
2809 | rtx exp; | |
2810 | rtx value; | |
2811 | int insn_code, insn_index; | |
2812 | { | |
2813 | rtx orexp, andexp; | |
2814 | rtx right; | |
2815 | rtx newexp; | |
2816 | int i; | |
2817 | ||
2818 | if (GET_CODE (value) == CONST_STRING) | |
2819 | { | |
2820 | if (! strcmp (XSTR (value, 0), XSTR (exp, 1))) | |
2821 | newexp = true_rtx; | |
2822 | else | |
2823 | newexp = false_rtx; | |
2824 | } | |
71d9b493 RH |
2825 | else if (GET_CODE (value) == SYMBOL_REF) |
2826 | { | |
2827 | char *p, *string; | |
2828 | ||
2829 | if (GET_CODE (exp) != EQ_ATTR) | |
2830 | abort(); | |
2831 | ||
2832 | string = (char *) alloca (2 + strlen (XSTR (exp, 0)) | |
2833 | + strlen (XSTR (exp, 1))); | |
2834 | strcpy (string, XSTR (exp, 0)); | |
2835 | strcat (string, "_"); | |
2836 | strcat (string, XSTR (exp, 1)); | |
2837 | for (p = string; *p ; p++) | |
2838 | if (*p >= 'a' && *p <= 'z') | |
2839 | *p -= 'a' - 'A'; | |
2840 | ||
2841 | newexp = attr_rtx (EQ, value, | |
2842 | attr_rtx (SYMBOL_REF, | |
2843 | attr_string(string, strlen(string)))); | |
2844 | } | |
41299f41 TW |
2845 | else if (GET_CODE (value) == COND) |
2846 | { | |
2847 | /* We construct an IOR of all the cases for which the requested attribute | |
2848 | value is present. Since we start with FALSE, if it is not present, | |
2849 | FALSE will be returned. | |
2850 | ||
2851 | Each case is the AND of the NOT's of the previous conditions with the | |
2852 | current condition; in the default case the current condition is TRUE. | |
2853 | ||
2854 | For each possible COND value, call ourselves recursively. | |
2855 | ||
2856 | The extra TRUE and FALSE expressions will be eliminated by another | |
0f41302f | 2857 | call to the simplification routine. */ |
41299f41 TW |
2858 | |
2859 | orexp = false_rtx; | |
2860 | andexp = true_rtx; | |
2861 | ||
3715a518 RS |
2862 | if (current_alternative_string) |
2863 | clear_struct_flag (value); | |
2864 | ||
41299f41 TW |
2865 | for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (value, 0); i += 2) |
2866 | { | |
7339c88d RS |
2867 | rtx this = SIMPLIFY_TEST_EXP (XVECEXP (value, 0, i), |
2868 | insn_code, insn_index); | |
2869 | ||
3715a518 RS |
2870 | SIMPLIFY_ALTERNATIVE (this); |
2871 | ||
7339c88d | 2872 | right = insert_right_side (AND, andexp, this, |
41299f41 TW |
2873 | insn_code, insn_index); |
2874 | right = insert_right_side (AND, right, | |
f75d38a7 RK |
2875 | evaluate_eq_attr (exp, |
2876 | XVECEXP (value, 0, | |
2877 | i + 1), | |
2878 | insn_code, insn_index), | |
41299f41 TW |
2879 | insn_code, insn_index); |
2880 | orexp = insert_right_side (IOR, orexp, right, | |
2881 | insn_code, insn_index); | |
2882 | ||
2883 | /* Add this condition into the AND expression. */ | |
7339c88d | 2884 | newexp = attr_rtx (NOT, this); |
41299f41 TW |
2885 | andexp = insert_right_side (AND, andexp, newexp, |
2886 | insn_code, insn_index); | |
2887 | } | |
2888 | ||
2889 | /* Handle the default case. */ | |
2890 | right = insert_right_side (AND, andexp, | |
2891 | evaluate_eq_attr (exp, XEXP (value, 1), | |
f75d38a7 | 2892 | insn_code, insn_index), |
41299f41 TW |
2893 | insn_code, insn_index); |
2894 | newexp = insert_right_side (IOR, orexp, right, insn_code, insn_index); | |
2895 | } | |
2896 | else | |
2897 | abort (); | |
2898 | ||
052aaaef RK |
2899 | /* If uses an address, must return original expression. But set the |
2900 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P bit so we don't try to simplify it again. */ | |
41299f41 TW |
2901 | |
2902 | address_used = 0; | |
2903 | walk_attr_value (newexp); | |
2904 | ||
2905 | if (address_used) | |
052aaaef | 2906 | { |
45044655 RS |
2907 | /* This had `&& current_alternative_string', which seems to be wrong. */ |
2908 | if (! RTX_UNCHANGING_P (exp)) | |
7339c88d | 2909 | return copy_rtx_unchanging (exp); |
052aaaef RK |
2910 | return exp; |
2911 | } | |
41299f41 TW |
2912 | else |
2913 | return newexp; | |
2914 | } | |
2915 | \f | |
2916 | /* This routine is called when an AND of a term with a tree of AND's is | |
2917 | encountered. If the term or its complement is present in the tree, it | |
2918 | can be replaced with TRUE or FALSE, respectively. | |
2919 | ||
2920 | Note that (eq_attr "att" "v1") and (eq_attr "att" "v2") cannot both | |
2921 | be true and hence are complementary. | |
2922 | ||
2923 | There is one special case: If we see | |
2924 | (and (not (eq_attr "att" "v1")) | |
2925 | (eq_attr "att" "v2")) | |
2926 | this can be replaced by (eq_attr "att" "v2"). To do this we need to | |
2927 | replace the term, not anything in the AND tree. So we pass a pointer to | |
2928 | the term. */ | |
2929 | ||
2930 | static rtx | |
2931 | simplify_and_tree (exp, pterm, insn_code, insn_index) | |
2932 | rtx exp; | |
2933 | rtx *pterm; | |
2934 | int insn_code, insn_index; | |
2935 | { | |
2936 | rtx left, right; | |
2937 | rtx newexp; | |
2938 | rtx temp; | |
2939 | int left_eliminates_term, right_eliminates_term; | |
2940 | ||
2941 | if (GET_CODE (exp) == AND) | |
2942 | { | |
2943 | left = simplify_and_tree (XEXP (exp, 0), pterm, insn_code, insn_index); | |
2944 | right = simplify_and_tree (XEXP (exp, 1), pterm, insn_code, insn_index); | |
2945 | if (left != XEXP (exp, 0) || right != XEXP (exp, 1)) | |
2946 | { | |
3e7b5313 | 2947 | newexp = attr_rtx (GET_CODE (exp), left, right); |
41299f41 TW |
2948 | |
2949 | exp = SIMPLIFY_TEST_EXP (newexp, insn_code, insn_index); | |
2950 | } | |
2951 | } | |
2952 | ||
2953 | else if (GET_CODE (exp) == IOR) | |
2954 | { | |
2955 | /* For the IOR case, we do the same as above, except that we can | |
2956 | only eliminate `term' if both sides of the IOR would do so. */ | |
2957 | temp = *pterm; | |
2958 | left = simplify_and_tree (XEXP (exp, 0), &temp, insn_code, insn_index); | |
2959 | left_eliminates_term = (temp == true_rtx); | |
2960 | ||
2961 | temp = *pterm; | |
2962 | right = simplify_and_tree (XEXP (exp, 1), &temp, insn_code, insn_index); | |
2963 | right_eliminates_term = (temp == true_rtx); | |
2964 | ||
2965 | if (left_eliminates_term && right_eliminates_term) | |
2966 | *pterm = true_rtx; | |
2967 | ||
2968 | if (left != XEXP (exp, 0) || right != XEXP (exp, 1)) | |
2969 | { | |
3e7b5313 | 2970 | newexp = attr_rtx (GET_CODE (exp), left, right); |
41299f41 TW |
2971 | |
2972 | exp = SIMPLIFY_TEST_EXP (newexp, insn_code, insn_index); | |
2973 | } | |
2974 | } | |
2975 | ||
2976 | /* Check for simplifications. Do some extra checking here since this | |
2977 | routine is called so many times. */ | |
2978 | ||
2979 | if (exp == *pterm) | |
2980 | return true_rtx; | |
2981 | ||
2982 | else if (GET_CODE (exp) == NOT && XEXP (exp, 0) == *pterm) | |
2983 | return false_rtx; | |
2984 | ||
2985 | else if (GET_CODE (*pterm) == NOT && exp == XEXP (*pterm, 0)) | |
2986 | return false_rtx; | |
2987 | ||
2988 | else if (GET_CODE (exp) == EQ_ATTR && GET_CODE (*pterm) == EQ_ATTR) | |
2989 | { | |
2990 | if (XSTR (exp, 0) != XSTR (*pterm, 0)) | |
2991 | return exp; | |
2992 | ||
2993 | if (! strcmp (XSTR (exp, 1), XSTR (*pterm, 1))) | |
2994 | return true_rtx; | |
2995 | else | |
2996 | return false_rtx; | |
2997 | } | |
2998 | ||
2999 | else if (GET_CODE (*pterm) == EQ_ATTR && GET_CODE (exp) == NOT | |
3000 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (exp, 0)) == EQ_ATTR) | |
3001 | { | |
3002 | if (XSTR (*pterm, 0) != XSTR (XEXP (exp, 0), 0)) | |
3003 | return exp; | |
3004 | ||
3005 | if (! strcmp (XSTR (*pterm, 1), XSTR (XEXP (exp, 0), 1))) | |
3006 | return false_rtx; | |
3007 | else | |
3008 | return true_rtx; | |
3009 | } | |
3010 | ||
3011 | else if (GET_CODE (exp) == EQ_ATTR && GET_CODE (*pterm) == NOT | |
3012 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (*pterm, 0)) == EQ_ATTR) | |
3013 | { | |
3014 | if (XSTR (exp, 0) != XSTR (XEXP (*pterm, 0), 0)) | |
3015 | return exp; | |
3016 | ||
3017 | if (! strcmp (XSTR (exp, 1), XSTR (XEXP (*pterm, 0), 1))) | |
3018 | return false_rtx; | |
3019 | else | |
3020 | *pterm = true_rtx; | |
3021 | } | |
3022 | ||
3023 | else if (GET_CODE (exp) == NOT && GET_CODE (*pterm) == NOT) | |
3024 | { | |
81fd4c6e | 3025 | if (attr_equal_p (XEXP (exp, 0), XEXP (*pterm, 0))) |
41299f41 TW |
3026 | return true_rtx; |
3027 | } | |
3028 | ||
3029 | else if (GET_CODE (exp) == NOT) | |
3030 | { | |
81fd4c6e | 3031 | if (attr_equal_p (XEXP (exp, 0), *pterm)) |
41299f41 TW |
3032 | return false_rtx; |
3033 | } | |
3034 | ||
3035 | else if (GET_CODE (*pterm) == NOT) | |
3036 | { | |
81fd4c6e | 3037 | if (attr_equal_p (XEXP (*pterm, 0), exp)) |
41299f41 TW |
3038 | return false_rtx; |
3039 | } | |
3040 | ||
81fd4c6e | 3041 | else if (attr_equal_p (exp, *pterm)) |
41299f41 TW |
3042 | return true_rtx; |
3043 | ||
3044 | return exp; | |
3045 | } | |
3046 | \f | |
6dc42e49 | 3047 | /* Similar to `simplify_and_tree', but for IOR trees. */ |
41299f41 TW |
3048 | |
3049 | static rtx | |
3050 | simplify_or_tree (exp, pterm, insn_code, insn_index) | |
3051 | rtx exp; | |
3052 | rtx *pterm; | |
3053 | int insn_code, insn_index; | |
3054 | { | |
3055 | rtx left, right; | |
3056 | rtx newexp; | |
3057 | rtx temp; | |
3058 | int left_eliminates_term, right_eliminates_term; | |
3059 | ||
3060 | if (GET_CODE (exp) == IOR) | |
3061 | { | |
3062 | left = simplify_or_tree (XEXP (exp, 0), pterm, insn_code, insn_index); | |
3063 | right = simplify_or_tree (XEXP (exp, 1), pterm, insn_code, insn_index); | |
3064 | if (left != XEXP (exp, 0) || right != XEXP (exp, 1)) | |
3065 | { | |
3e7b5313 | 3066 | newexp = attr_rtx (GET_CODE (exp), left, right); |
41299f41 TW |
3067 | |
3068 | exp = SIMPLIFY_TEST_EXP (newexp, insn_code, insn_index); | |
3069 | } | |
3070 | } | |
3071 | ||
3072 | else if (GET_CODE (exp) == AND) | |
3073 | { | |
3074 | /* For the AND case, we do the same as above, except that we can | |
3075 | only eliminate `term' if both sides of the AND would do so. */ | |
3076 | temp = *pterm; | |
3077 | left = simplify_or_tree (XEXP (exp, 0), &temp, insn_code, insn_index); | |
3078 | left_eliminates_term = (temp == false_rtx); | |
3079 | ||
3080 | temp = *pterm; | |
3081 | right = simplify_or_tree (XEXP (exp, 1), &temp, insn_code, insn_index); | |
3082 | right_eliminates_term = (temp == false_rtx); | |
3083 | ||
3084 | if (left_eliminates_term && right_eliminates_term) | |
3085 | *pterm = false_rtx; | |
3086 | ||
3087 | if (left != XEXP (exp, 0) || right != XEXP (exp, 1)) | |
3088 | { | |
3e7b5313 | 3089 | newexp = attr_rtx (GET_CODE (exp), left, right); |
41299f41 TW |
3090 | |
3091 | exp = SIMPLIFY_TEST_EXP (newexp, insn_code, insn_index); | |
3092 | } | |
3093 | } | |
3094 | ||
81fd4c6e | 3095 | if (attr_equal_p (exp, *pterm)) |
41299f41 TW |
3096 | return false_rtx; |
3097 | ||
81fd4c6e | 3098 | else if (GET_CODE (exp) == NOT && attr_equal_p (XEXP (exp, 0), *pterm)) |
41299f41 TW |
3099 | return true_rtx; |
3100 | ||
81fd4c6e | 3101 | else if (GET_CODE (*pterm) == NOT && attr_equal_p (XEXP (*pterm, 0), exp)) |
41299f41 TW |
3102 | return true_rtx; |
3103 | ||
3104 | else if (GET_CODE (*pterm) == EQ_ATTR && GET_CODE (exp) == NOT | |
3105 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (exp, 0)) == EQ_ATTR | |
3106 | && XSTR (*pterm, 0) == XSTR (XEXP (exp, 0), 0)) | |
3107 | *pterm = false_rtx; | |
3108 | ||
3109 | else if (GET_CODE (exp) == EQ_ATTR && GET_CODE (*pterm) == NOT | |
3110 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (*pterm, 0)) == EQ_ATTR | |
3111 | && XSTR (exp, 0) == XSTR (XEXP (*pterm, 0), 0)) | |
3112 | return false_rtx; | |
3113 | ||
3114 | return exp; | |
3115 | } | |
3116 | \f | |
3117 | /* Given an expression, see if it can be simplified for a particular insn | |
3118 | code based on the values of other attributes being tested. This can | |
3119 | eliminate nested get_attr_... calls. | |
3120 | ||
3121 | Note that if an endless recursion is specified in the patterns, the | |
3122 | optimization will loop. However, it will do so in precisely the cases where | |
3123 | an infinite recursion loop could occur during compilation. It's better that | |
3124 | it occurs here! */ | |
3125 | ||
3126 | static rtx | |
3127 | simplify_test_exp (exp, insn_code, insn_index) | |
3128 | rtx exp; | |
3129 | int insn_code, insn_index; | |
3130 | { | |
3131 | rtx left, right; | |
3132 | struct attr_desc *attr; | |
3133 | struct attr_value *av; | |
3134 | struct insn_ent *ie; | |
3135 | int i; | |
3136 | rtx newexp = exp; | |
81fd4c6e | 3137 | char *spacer = (char *) obstack_finish (rtl_obstack); |
7339c88d | 3138 | |
7339c88d | 3139 | /* Don't re-simplify something we already simplified. */ |
85093b9c | 3140 | if (RTX_UNCHANGING_P (exp) || MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (exp)) |
7339c88d | 3141 | return exp; |
41299f41 TW |
3142 | |
3143 | switch (GET_CODE (exp)) | |
3144 | { | |
3145 | case AND: | |
61abc2ca | 3146 | left = SIMPLIFY_TEST_EXP (XEXP (exp, 0), insn_code, insn_index); |
3715a518 RS |
3147 | SIMPLIFY_ALTERNATIVE (left); |
3148 | if (left == false_rtx) | |
3149 | { | |
3150 | obstack_free (rtl_obstack, spacer); | |
3151 | return false_rtx; | |
3152 | } | |
61abc2ca | 3153 | right = SIMPLIFY_TEST_EXP (XEXP (exp, 1), insn_code, insn_index); |
3715a518 RS |
3154 | SIMPLIFY_ALTERNATIVE (right); |
3155 | if (left == false_rtx) | |
3156 | { | |
3157 | obstack_free (rtl_obstack, spacer); | |
3158 | return false_rtx; | |
3159 | } | |
61abc2ca RS |
3160 | |
3161 | /* If either side is an IOR and we have (eq_attr "alternative" ..") | |
3162 | present on both sides, apply the distributive law since this will | |
3163 | yield simplifications. */ | |
3164 | if ((GET_CODE (left) == IOR || GET_CODE (right) == IOR) | |
3165 | && compute_alternative_mask (left, IOR) | |
3166 | && compute_alternative_mask (right, IOR)) | |
41299f41 | 3167 | { |
61abc2ca | 3168 | if (GET_CODE (left) == IOR) |
41299f41 | 3169 | { |
61abc2ca RS |
3170 | rtx tem = left; |
3171 | left = right; | |
3172 | right = tem; | |
3173 | } | |
3174 | ||
3175 | newexp = attr_rtx (IOR, | |
3176 | attr_rtx (AND, left, XEXP (right, 0)), | |
3177 | attr_rtx (AND, left, XEXP (right, 1))); | |
3178 | ||
3179 | return SIMPLIFY_TEST_EXP (newexp, insn_code, insn_index); | |
3180 | } | |
3181 | ||
3182 | /* Try with the term on both sides. */ | |
3183 | right = simplify_and_tree (right, &left, insn_code, insn_index); | |
3184 | if (left == XEXP (exp, 0) && right == XEXP (exp, 1)) | |
3185 | left = simplify_and_tree (left, &right, insn_code, insn_index); | |
3186 | ||
3187 | if (left == false_rtx || right == false_rtx) | |
3188 | { | |
3189 | obstack_free (rtl_obstack, spacer); | |
3190 | return false_rtx; | |
3191 | } | |
3192 | else if (left == true_rtx) | |
3193 | { | |
85093b9c | 3194 | return right; |
61abc2ca RS |
3195 | } |
3196 | else if (right == true_rtx) | |
3197 | { | |
85093b9c | 3198 | return left; |
61abc2ca | 3199 | } |
61abc2ca RS |
3200 | /* See if all or all but one of the insn's alternatives are specified |
3201 | in this tree. Optimize if so. */ | |
3202 | ||
3203 | else if (insn_code >= 0 | |
3204 | && (GET_CODE (left) == AND | |
3205 | || (GET_CODE (left) == NOT | |
3206 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (left, 0)) == EQ_ATTR | |
3207 | && XSTR (XEXP (left, 0), 0) == alternative_name) | |
3208 | || GET_CODE (right) == AND | |
3209 | || (GET_CODE (right) == NOT | |
3210 | && GET_CODE (XEXP (right, 0)) == EQ_ATTR | |
3211 | && XSTR (XEXP (right, 0), 0) == alternative_name))) | |
3212 | { | |
3213 | i = compute_alternative_mask (exp, AND); | |
3214 | if (i & ~insn_alternatives[insn_code]) | |
9916c524 | 3215 | fatal ("Invalid alternative specified for pattern number %d", |
61abc2ca RS |
3216 | insn_index); |
3217 | ||
0f41302f | 3218 | /* If all alternatives are excluded, this is false. */ |
61abc2ca RS |
3219 | i ^= insn_alternatives[insn_code]; |
3220 | if (i == 0) | |
3221 | return false_rtx; | |
3222 | else if ((i & (i - 1)) == 0 && insn_alternatives[insn_code] > 1) | |
3223 | { | |
3224 | /* If just one excluded, AND a comparison with that one to the | |
3225 | front of the tree. The others will be eliminated by | |
3226 | optimization. We do not want to do this if the insn has one | |
3227 | alternative and we have tested none of them! */ | |
3228 | left = make_alternative_compare (i); | |
3229 | right = simplify_and_tree (exp, &left, insn_code, insn_index); | |
3230 | newexp = attr_rtx (AND, left, right); | |
41299f41 TW |
3231 | |
3232 | return SIMPLIFY_TEST_EXP (newexp, insn_code, insn_index); | |
3233 | } | |
3234 | } | |
61abc2ca RS |
3235 | |
3236 | if (left != XEXP (exp, 0) || right != XEXP (exp, 1)) | |
3237 | { | |
3238 | newexp = attr_rtx (AND, left, right); | |
3239 | return SIMPLIFY_TEST_EXP (newexp, insn_code, insn_index); | |
3240 | } | |
3241 | break; | |
41299f41 TW |
3242 | |
3243 | case IOR: | |
61abc2ca | 3244 | left = SIMPLIFY_TEST_EXP (XEXP (exp, 0), insn_code, insn_index); |
3715a518 RS |
3245 | SIMPLIFY_ALTERNATIVE (left); |
3246 | if (left == true_rtx) | |
3247 | { | |
3248 | obstack_free (rtl_obstack, spacer); | |
3249 | return true_rtx; | |
3250 | } | |
61abc2ca | 3251 | right = SIMPLIFY_TEST_EXP (XEXP (exp, 1), insn_code, insn_index); |
3715a518 RS |
3252 | SIMPLIFY_ALTERNATIVE (right); |
3253 | if (right == true_rtx) | |
3254 | { | |
3255 | obstack_free (rtl_obstack, spacer); | |
3256 | return true_rtx; | |
3257 | } | |
61abc2ca RS |
3258 | |
3259 | right = simplify_or_tree (right, &left, insn_code, insn_index); | |
3260 | if (left == XEXP (exp, 0) && right == XEXP (exp, 1)) | |
3261 | left = simplify_or_tree (left, &right, insn_code, insn_index); | |
3262 | ||
3263 | if (right == true_rtx || left == true_rtx) | |
3264 | { | |
3265 | obstack_free (rtl_obstack, spacer); | |
3266 | return true_rtx; | |
3267 | } | |
3268 | else if (left == false_rtx) | |
3269 | { | |
85093b9c | 3270 | return right; |
61abc2ca RS |
3271 | } |
3272 | else if (right == false_rtx) | |
3273 | { | |
85093b9c | 3274 | return left; |
61abc2ca RS |
3275 | } |
3276 | ||
3277 | /* Test for simple cases where the distributive law is useful. I.e., | |
3278 | convert (ior (and (x) (y)) | |
3279 | (and (x) (z))) | |
3280 | to (and (x) | |
3281 | (ior (y) (z))) | |
3282 | */ | |
3283 | ||
3284 | else if (GET_CODE (left) == AND && GET_CODE (right) == AND | |
81fd4c6e | 3285 | && attr_equal_p (XEXP (left, 0), XEXP (right, 0))) |
61abc2ca RS |
3286 | { |
3287 | newexp = attr_rtx (IOR, XEXP (left, 1), XEXP (right, 1)); | |
3288 | ||
3289 | left = XEXP (left, 0); | |
3290 | right = newexp; | |
3291 | newexp = attr_rtx (AND, left, right); | |
3292 | return SIMPLIFY_TEST_EXP (newexp, insn_code, insn_index); | |
3293 | } | |
3294 | ||
3295 | /* See if all or all but one of the insn's alternatives are specified | |
3296 | in this tree. Optimize if so. */ | |
3297 | ||
3298 | else if (insn_code >= 0 | |
3299 | && (GET_CODE (left) == IOR | |
3300 | || (GET_CODE (left) == EQ_ATTR | |
3301 | && XSTR (left, 0) == alternative_name) | |
3302 | || GET_CODE (right) == IOR | |
3303 | || (GET_CODE (right) == EQ_ATTR | |
3304 | && XSTR (right, 0) == alternative_name))) | |
3305 | { | |
3306 | i = compute_alternative_mask (exp, IOR); | |
3307 | if (i & ~insn_alternatives[insn_code]) | |
9916c524 | 3308 | fatal ("Invalid alternative specified for pattern number %d", |
61abc2ca RS |
3309 | insn_index); |
3310 | ||
0f41302f | 3311 | /* If all alternatives are included, this is true. */ |
61abc2ca RS |
3312 | i ^= insn_alternatives[insn_code]; |
3313 | if (i == 0) | |
3314 | return true_rtx; | |
3315 | else if ((i & (i - 1)) == 0 && insn_alternatives[insn_code] > 1) | |
3316 | { | |
3317 | /* If just one excluded, IOR a comparison with that one to the | |
3318 | front of the tree. The others will be eliminated by | |
3319 | optimization. We do not want to do this if the insn has one | |
3320 | alternative and we have tested none of them! */ | |
3321 | left = make_alternative_compare (i); | |
3322 | right = simplify_and_tree (exp, &left, insn_code, insn_index); | |
3323 | newexp = attr_rtx (IOR, attr_rtx (NOT, left), right); | |
3324 | ||
3325 | return SIMPLIFY_TEST_EXP (newexp, insn_code, insn_index); | |
3326 | } | |
3327 | } | |
3328 | ||
3329 | if (left != XEXP (exp, 0) || right != XEXP (exp, 1)) | |
3330 | { | |
3331 | newexp = attr_rtx (IOR, left, right); | |
3332 | return SIMPLIFY_TEST_EXP (newexp, insn_code, insn_index); | |
3333 | } | |
3334 | break; | |
41299f41 TW |
3335 | |
3336 | case NOT: | |
7339c88d | 3337 | if (GET_CODE (XEXP (exp, 0)) == NOT) |
3715a518 RS |
3338 | { |
3339 | left = SIMPLIFY_TEST_EXP (XEXP (XEXP (exp, 0), 0), | |
3340 | insn_code, insn_index); | |
3341 | SIMPLIFY_ALTERNATIVE (left); | |
3342 | return left; | |
3343 | } | |
3344 | ||
41299f41 | 3345 | left = SIMPLIFY_TEST_EXP (XEXP (exp, 0), insn_code, insn_index); |
3715a518 | 3346 | SIMPLIFY_ALTERNATIVE (left); |
41299f41 TW |
3347 | if (GET_CODE (left) == NOT) |
3348 | return XEXP (left, 0); | |
3349 | ||
3350 | if (left == false_rtx) | |
7339c88d RS |
3351 | { |
3352 | obstack_free (rtl_obstack, spacer); | |
3353 | return true_rtx; | |
3354 | } | |
41299f41 | 3355 | else if (left == true_rtx) |
7339c88d RS |
3356 | { |
3357 | obstack_free (rtl_obstack, spacer); | |
3358 | return false_rtx; | |
3359 | } | |
41299f41 TW |
3360 | |
3361 | /* Try to apply De`Morgan's laws. */ | |
3362 | else if (GET_CODE (left) == IOR) | |
3363 | { | |
3e7b5313 TW |
3364 | newexp = attr_rtx (AND, |
3365 | attr_rtx (NOT, XEXP (left, 0)), | |
3366 | attr_rtx (NOT, XEXP (left, 1))); | |
41299f41 TW |
3367 | |
3368 | newexp = SIMPLIFY_TEST_EXP (newexp, insn_code, insn_index); | |
3369 | } | |
3370 | else if (GET_CODE (left) == AND) | |
3371 | { | |
3e7b5313 TW |
3372 | newexp = attr_rtx (IOR, |
3373 | attr_rtx (NOT, XEXP (left, 0)), | |
3374 | attr_rtx (NOT, XEXP (left, 1))); | |
41299f41 TW |
3375 | |
3376 | newexp = SIMPLIFY_TEST_EXP (newexp, insn_code, insn_index); | |
3377 | } | |
3378 | else if (left != XEXP (exp, 0)) | |
3379 | { | |
3e7b5313 | 3380 | newexp = attr_rtx (NOT, left); |
41299f41 TW |
3381 | } |
3382 | break; | |
3383 | ||
3384 | case EQ_ATTR: | |
3715a518 RS |
3385 | if (current_alternative_string && XSTR (exp, 0) == alternative_name) |
3386 | return (XSTR (exp, 1) == current_alternative_string | |
3387 | ? true_rtx : false_rtx); | |
3388 | ||
41299f41 TW |
3389 | /* Look at the value for this insn code in the specified attribute. |
3390 | We normally can replace this comparison with the condition that | |
3391 | would give this insn the values being tested for. */ | |
3392 | if (XSTR (exp, 0) != alternative_name | |
3393 | && (attr = find_attr (XSTR (exp, 0), 0)) != NULL) | |
3394 | for (av = attr->first_value; av; av = av->next) | |
3395 | for (ie = av->first_insn; ie; ie = ie->next) | |
3396 | if (ie->insn_code == insn_code) | |
3397 | return evaluate_eq_attr (exp, av->value, insn_code, insn_index); | |
e9a25f70 JL |
3398 | break; |
3399 | ||
3400 | default: | |
3401 | break; | |
41299f41 TW |
3402 | } |
3403 | ||
3404 | /* We have already simplified this expression. Simplifying it again | |
3405 | won't buy anything unless we weren't given a valid insn code | |
3406 | to process (i.e., we are canonicalizing something.). */ | |
45044655 | 3407 | if (insn_code != -2 /* Seems wrong: && current_alternative_string. */ |
3715a518 RS |
3408 | && ! RTX_UNCHANGING_P (newexp)) |
3409 | return copy_rtx_unchanging (newexp); | |
41299f41 TW |
3410 | |
3411 | return newexp; | |
3412 | } | |
3413 | \f | |
3414 | /* Optimize the attribute lists by seeing if we can determine conditional | |
3415 | values from the known values of other attributes. This will save subroutine | |
3416 | calls during the compilation. */ | |
3417 | ||
3418 | static void | |
3419 | optimize_attrs () | |
3420 | { | |
3421 | struct attr_desc *attr; | |
3422 | struct attr_value *av; | |
b5b6ad46 | 3423 | struct insn_ent *ie; |
41299f41 TW |
3424 | rtx newexp; |
3425 | int something_changed = 1; | |
85093b9c RS |
3426 | int i; |
3427 | struct attr_value_list { struct attr_value *av; | |
3428 | struct insn_ent *ie; | |
3429 | struct attr_desc * attr; | |
3430 | struct attr_value_list *next; }; | |
3431 | struct attr_value_list **insn_code_values; | |
1c69865d | 3432 | struct attr_value_list *ivbuf; |
85093b9c RS |
3433 | struct attr_value_list *iv; |
3434 | ||
3435 | /* For each insn code, make a list of all the insn_ent's for it, | |
3436 | for all values for all attributes. */ | |
3437 | ||
bd1b0893 ILT |
3438 | if (num_insn_ents == 0) |
3439 | return; | |
3440 | ||
85093b9c RS |
3441 | /* Make 2 extra elements, for "code" values -2 and -1. */ |
3442 | insn_code_values | |
3443 | = (struct attr_value_list **) alloca ((insn_code_number + 2) | |
3444 | * sizeof (struct attr_value_list *)); | |
4c9a05bc | 3445 | bzero ((char *) insn_code_values, |
85093b9c | 3446 | (insn_code_number + 2) * sizeof (struct attr_value_list *)); |
4c9a05bc | 3447 | |
85093b9c RS |
3448 | /* Offset the table address so we can index by -2 or -1. */ |
3449 | insn_code_values += 2; | |
3450 | ||
1c69865d ILT |
3451 | /* Allocate the attr_value_list structures using xmalloc rather than |
3452 | alloca, because using alloca can overflow the maximum permitted | |
3453 | stack limit on SPARC Lynx. */ | |
3454 | iv = ivbuf = ((struct attr_value_list *) | |
3455 | xmalloc (num_insn_ents * sizeof (struct attr_value_list))); | |
3456 | ||
3715a518 RS |
3457 | for (i = 0; i < MAX_ATTRS_INDEX; i++) |
3458 | for (attr = attrs[i]; attr; attr = attr->next) | |
3459 | for (av = attr->first_value; av; av = av->next) | |
3460 | for (ie = av->first_insn; ie; ie = ie->next) | |
3461 | { | |
3715a518 RS |
3462 | iv->attr = attr; |
3463 | iv->av = av; | |
3464 | iv->ie = ie; | |
3465 | iv->next = insn_code_values[ie->insn_code]; | |
3466 | insn_code_values[ie->insn_code] = iv; | |
1c69865d | 3467 | iv++; |
3715a518 | 3468 | } |
41299f41 | 3469 | |
1c69865d ILT |
3470 | /* Sanity check on num_insn_ents. */ |
3471 | if (iv != ivbuf + num_insn_ents) | |
3472 | abort (); | |
3473 | ||
3715a518 RS |
3474 | /* Process one insn code at a time. */ |
3475 | for (i = -2; i < insn_code_number; i++) | |
41299f41 | 3476 | { |
3715a518 RS |
3477 | /* Clear the MEM_IN_STRUCT_P flag everywhere relevant. |
3478 | We use it to mean "already simplified for this insn". */ | |
3479 | for (iv = insn_code_values[i]; iv; iv = iv->next) | |
3480 | clear_struct_flag (iv->av->value); | |
3481 | ||
3482 | /* Loop until nothing changes for one iteration. */ | |
3483 | something_changed = 1; | |
3484 | while (something_changed) | |
85093b9c | 3485 | { |
3715a518 | 3486 | something_changed = 0; |
85093b9c RS |
3487 | for (iv = insn_code_values[i]; iv; iv = iv->next) |
3488 | { | |
3489 | struct obstack *old = rtl_obstack; | |
3490 | char *spacer = (char *) obstack_finish (temp_obstack); | |
3491 | ||
3492 | attr = iv->attr; | |
3493 | av = iv->av; | |
3494 | ie = iv->ie; | |
3495 | if (GET_CODE (av->value) != COND) | |
3496 | continue; | |
3497 | ||
3498 | rtl_obstack = temp_obstack; | |
3715a518 RS |
3499 | #if 0 /* This was intended as a speed up, but it was slower. */ |
3500 | if (insn_n_alternatives[ie->insn_code] > 6 | |
3501 | && count_sub_rtxs (av->value, 200) >= 200) | |
3502 | newexp = simplify_by_alternatives (av->value, ie->insn_code, | |
3503 | ie->insn_index); | |
3504 | else | |
3505 | #endif | |
3506 | newexp = simplify_cond (av->value, ie->insn_code, | |
3507 | ie->insn_index); | |
3508 | ||
85093b9c RS |
3509 | rtl_obstack = old; |
3510 | if (newexp != av->value) | |
3511 | { | |
3512 | newexp = attr_copy_rtx (newexp); | |
3513 | remove_insn_ent (av, ie); | |
3514 | av = get_attr_value (newexp, attr, ie->insn_code); | |
3515 | iv->av = av; | |
3516 | insert_insn_ent (av, ie); | |
3517 | something_changed = 1; | |
3518 | } | |
3519 | obstack_free (temp_obstack, spacer); | |
3520 | } | |
3521 | } | |
3522 | } | |
1c69865d ILT |
3523 | |
3524 | free (ivbuf); | |
85093b9c RS |
3525 | } |
3526 | ||
b5b6ad46 | 3527 | #if 0 |
3715a518 RS |
3528 | static rtx |
3529 | simplify_by_alternatives (exp, insn_code, insn_index) | |
3530 | rtx exp; | |
3531 | int insn_code, insn_index; | |
3532 | { | |
3533 | int i; | |
3534 | int len = insn_n_alternatives[insn_code]; | |
3535 | rtx newexp = rtx_alloc (COND); | |
3536 | rtx ultimate; | |
3537 | ||
3538 | ||
3539 | XVEC (newexp, 0) = rtvec_alloc (len * 2); | |
3540 | ||
3541 | /* It will not matter what value we use as the default value | |
3542 | of the new COND, since that default will never be used. | |
3543 | Choose something of the right type. */ | |
3544 | for (ultimate = exp; GET_CODE (ultimate) == COND;) | |
3545 | ultimate = XEXP (ultimate, 1); | |
3546 | XEXP (newexp, 1) = ultimate; | |
3547 | ||
3548 | for (i = 0; i < insn_n_alternatives[insn_code]; i++) | |
3549 | { | |
3550 | current_alternative_string = attr_numeral (i); | |
3551 | XVECEXP (newexp, 0, i * 2) = make_alternative_compare (1 << i); | |
3552 | XVECEXP (newexp, 0, i * 2 + 1) | |
3553 | = simplify_cond (exp, insn_code, insn_index); | |
3554 | } | |
3555 | ||
3556 | current_alternative_string = 0; | |
3557 | return simplify_cond (newexp, insn_code, insn_index); | |
3558 | } | |
b5b6ad46 | 3559 | #endif |
3715a518 | 3560 | \f |
72f1215c TW |
3561 | /* If EXP is a suitable expression, reorganize it by constructing an |
3562 | equivalent expression that is a COND with the tests being all combinations | |
3563 | of attribute values and the values being simple constants. */ | |
3564 | ||
3565 | static rtx | |
3566 | simplify_by_exploding (exp) | |
3567 | rtx exp; | |
3568 | { | |
aefdd5ab | 3569 | rtx list = 0, link, condexp, defval = NULL_RTX; |
72f1215c TW |
3570 | struct dimension *space; |
3571 | rtx *condtest, *condval; | |
bee757e1 | 3572 | int i, j, total, ndim = 0; |
72f1215c TW |
3573 | int most_tests, num_marks, new_marks; |
3574 | ||
3575 | /* Locate all the EQ_ATTR expressions. */ | |
bee757e1 | 3576 | if (! find_and_mark_used_attributes (exp, &list, &ndim) || ndim == 0) |
72f1215c TW |
3577 | { |
3578 | unmark_used_attributes (list, 0, 0); | |
3579 | return exp; | |
3580 | } | |
3581 | ||
3582 | /* Create an attribute space from the list of used attributes. For each | |
3583 | dimension in the attribute space, record the attribute, list of values | |
3584 | used, and number of values used. Add members to the list of values to | |
3585 | cover the domain of the attribute. This makes the expanded COND form | |
3586 | order independent. */ | |
3587 | ||
72f1215c TW |
3588 | space = (struct dimension *) alloca (ndim * sizeof (struct dimension)); |
3589 | ||
3590 | total = 1; | |
3591 | for (ndim = 0; list; ndim++) | |
3592 | { | |
3593 | /* Pull the first attribute value from the list and record that | |
3594 | attribute as another dimension in the attribute space. */ | |
3595 | char *name = XSTR (XEXP (list, 0), 0); | |
3596 | rtx *prev; | |
3597 | ||
3598 | if ((space[ndim].attr = find_attr (name, 0)) == 0 | |
3599 | || space[ndim].attr->is_numeric) | |
3600 | { | |
3601 | unmark_used_attributes (list, space, ndim); | |
3602 | return exp; | |
3603 | } | |
3604 | ||
3605 | /* Add all remaining attribute values that refer to this attribute. */ | |
3606 | space[ndim].num_values = 0; | |
3607 | space[ndim].values = 0; | |
3608 | prev = &list; | |
3609 | for (link = list; link; link = *prev) | |
3610 | if (! strcmp (XSTR (XEXP (link, 0), 0), name)) | |
3611 | { | |
3612 | space[ndim].num_values++; | |
3613 | *prev = XEXP (link, 1); | |
3614 | XEXP (link, 1) = space[ndim].values; | |
3615 | space[ndim].values = link; | |
3616 | } | |
3617 | else | |
3618 | prev = &XEXP (link, 1); | |
3619 | ||
3620 | /* Add sufficient members to the list of values to make the list | |
3621 | mutually exclusive and record the total size of the attribute | |
3622 | space. */ | |
3623 | total *= add_values_to_cover (&space[ndim]); | |
3624 | } | |
3625 | ||
3626 | /* Sort the attribute space so that the attributes go from non-constant | |
3627 | to constant and from most values to least values. */ | |
3628 | for (i = 0; i < ndim; i++) | |
3629 | for (j = ndim - 1; j > i; j--) | |
3630 | if ((space[j-1].attr->is_const && !space[j].attr->is_const) | |
3631 | || space[j-1].num_values < space[j].num_values) | |
3632 | { | |
3633 | struct dimension tmp; | |
3634 | tmp = space[j]; | |
3635 | space[j] = space[j-1]; | |
3636 | space[j-1] = tmp; | |
3637 | } | |
3638 | ||
3639 | /* Establish the initial current value. */ | |
3640 | for (i = 0; i < ndim; i++) | |
3641 | space[i].current_value = space[i].values; | |
3642 | ||
3643 | condtest = (rtx *) alloca (total * sizeof (rtx)); | |
3644 | condval = (rtx *) alloca (total * sizeof (rtx)); | |
3645 | ||
3646 | /* Expand the tests and values by iterating over all values in the | |
3647 | attribute space. */ | |
3648 | for (i = 0;; i++) | |
3649 | { | |
3650 | condtest[i] = test_for_current_value (space, ndim); | |
3651 | condval[i] = simplify_with_current_value (exp, space, ndim); | |
3652 | if (! increment_current_value (space, ndim)) | |
3653 | break; | |
3654 | } | |
3655 | if (i != total - 1) | |
3656 | abort (); | |
3657 | ||
3658 | /* We are now finished with the original expression. */ | |
3659 | unmark_used_attributes (0, space, ndim); | |
3660 | ||
3661 | /* Find the most used constant value and make that the default. */ | |
3662 | most_tests = -1; | |
3663 | for (i = num_marks = 0; i < total; i++) | |
3664 | if (GET_CODE (condval[i]) == CONST_STRING | |
3665 | && ! MEM_VOLATILE_P (condval[i])) | |
3666 | { | |
3667 | /* Mark the unmarked constant value and count how many are marked. */ | |
3668 | MEM_VOLATILE_P (condval[i]) = 1; | |
3669 | for (j = new_marks = 0; j < total; j++) | |
3670 | if (GET_CODE (condval[j]) == CONST_STRING | |
3671 | && MEM_VOLATILE_P (condval[j])) | |
3672 | new_marks++; | |
3673 | if (new_marks - num_marks > most_tests) | |
3674 | { | |
3675 | most_tests = new_marks - num_marks; | |
3676 | defval = condval[i]; | |
3677 | } | |
3678 | num_marks = new_marks; | |
3679 | } | |
3680 | /* Clear all the marks. */ | |
3681 | for (i = 0; i < total; i++) | |
3682 | MEM_VOLATILE_P (condval[i]) = 0; | |
3683 | ||
3684 | /* Give up if nothing is constant. */ | |
3685 | if (num_marks == 0) | |
3686 | return exp; | |
3687 | ||
bee757e1 TW |
3688 | /* If all values are the default, use that. */ |
3689 | if (total == most_tests) | |
3690 | return defval; | |
3691 | ||
72f1215c TW |
3692 | /* Make a COND with the most common constant value the default. (A more |
3693 | complex method where tests with the same value were combined didn't | |
3694 | seem to improve things.) */ | |
3695 | condexp = rtx_alloc (COND); | |
3696 | XVEC (condexp, 0) = rtvec_alloc ((total - most_tests) * 2); | |
3697 | XEXP (condexp, 1) = defval; | |
3698 | for (i = j = 0; i < total; i++) | |
3699 | if (condval[i] != defval) | |
3700 | { | |
3701 | XVECEXP (condexp, 0, 2 * j) = condtest[i]; | |
3702 | XVECEXP (condexp, 0, 2 * j + 1) = condval[i]; | |
3703 | j++; | |
3704 | } | |
3705 | ||
3706 | return condexp; | |
3707 | } | |
3708 | ||
3709 | /* Set the MEM_VOLATILE_P flag for all EQ_ATTR expressions in EXP and | |
3710 | verify that EXP can be simplified to a constant term if all the EQ_ATTR | |
3711 | tests have known value. */ | |
3712 | ||
3713 | static int | |
bee757e1 | 3714 | find_and_mark_used_attributes (exp, terms, nterms) |
72f1215c | 3715 | rtx exp, *terms; |
bee757e1 | 3716 | int *nterms; |
72f1215c TW |
3717 | { |
3718 | int i; | |
3719 | ||
3720 | switch (GET_CODE (exp)) | |
3721 | { | |
3722 | case EQ_ATTR: | |
3723 | if (! MEM_VOLATILE_P (exp)) | |
3724 | { | |
3725 | rtx link = rtx_alloc (EXPR_LIST); | |
3726 | XEXP (link, 0) = exp; | |
3727 | XEXP (link, 1) = *terms; | |
3728 | *terms = link; | |
bee757e1 | 3729 | *nterms += 1; |
72f1215c TW |
3730 | MEM_VOLATILE_P (exp) = 1; |
3731 | } | |
3732 | case CONST_STRING: | |
5830e3a0 | 3733 | case CONST_INT: |
72f1215c TW |
3734 | return 1; |
3735 | ||
3736 | case IF_THEN_ELSE: | |
bee757e1 | 3737 | if (! find_and_mark_used_attributes (XEXP (exp, 2), terms, nterms)) |
72f1215c TW |
3738 | return 0; |
3739 | case IOR: | |
3740 | case AND: | |
bee757e1 | 3741 | if (! find_and_mark_used_attributes (XEXP (exp, 1), terms, nterms)) |
72f1215c TW |
3742 | return 0; |
3743 | case NOT: | |
bee757e1 | 3744 | if (! find_and_mark_used_attributes (XEXP (exp, 0), terms, nterms)) |
72f1215c TW |
3745 | return 0; |
3746 | return 1; | |
3747 | ||
3748 | case COND: | |
3749 | for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (exp, 0); i++) | |
bee757e1 | 3750 | if (! find_and_mark_used_attributes (XVECEXP (exp, 0, i), terms, nterms)) |
72f1215c | 3751 | return 0; |
bee757e1 | 3752 | if (! find_and_mark_used_attributes (XEXP (exp, 1), terms, nterms)) |
72f1215c TW |
3753 | return 0; |
3754 | return 1; | |
72f1215c | 3755 | |
e9a25f70 JL |
3756 | default: |
3757 | return 0; | |
3758 | } | |
72f1215c TW |
3759 | } |
3760 | ||
3761 | /* Clear the MEM_VOLATILE_P flag in all EQ_ATTR expressions on LIST and | |
3762 | in the values of the NDIM-dimensional attribute space SPACE. */ | |
3763 | ||
3764 | static void | |
3765 | unmark_used_attributes (list, space, ndim) | |
3766 | rtx list; | |
3767 | struct dimension *space; | |
3768 | int ndim; | |
3769 | { | |
3770 | rtx link, exp; | |
3771 | int i; | |
3772 | ||
3773 | for (i = 0; i < ndim; i++) | |
3774 | unmark_used_attributes (space[i].values, 0, 0); | |
3775 | ||
3776 | for (link = list; link; link = XEXP (link, 1)) | |
3777 | { | |
3778 | exp = XEXP (link, 0); | |
3779 | if (GET_CODE (exp) == EQ_ATTR) | |
3780 | MEM_VOLATILE_P (exp) = 0; | |
3781 | } | |
3782 | } | |
3783 | ||
3784 | /* Update the attribute dimension DIM so that all values of the attribute | |
3785 | are tested. Return the updated number of values. */ | |
3786 | ||
3787 | static int | |
3788 | add_values_to_cover (dim) | |
3789 | struct dimension *dim; | |
3790 | { | |
3791 | struct attr_value *av; | |
3792 | rtx exp, link, *prev; | |
3793 | int nalt = 0; | |
3794 | ||
3795 | for (av = dim->attr->first_value; av; av = av->next) | |
3796 | if (GET_CODE (av->value) == CONST_STRING) | |
3797 | nalt++; | |
3798 | ||
3799 | if (nalt < dim->num_values) | |
3800 | abort (); | |
3801 | else if (nalt == dim->num_values) | |
3802 | ; /* Ok. */ | |
5830e3a0 | 3803 | else if (nalt * 2 < dim->num_values * 3) |
72f1215c TW |
3804 | { |
3805 | /* Most all the values of the attribute are used, so add all the unused | |
3806 | values. */ | |
3807 | prev = &dim->values; | |
3808 | for (link = dim->values; link; link = *prev) | |
3809 | prev = &XEXP (link, 1); | |
3810 | ||
3811 | for (av = dim->attr->first_value; av; av = av->next) | |
3812 | if (GET_CODE (av->value) == CONST_STRING) | |
3813 | { | |
3814 | exp = attr_eq (dim->attr->name, XSTR (av->value, 0)); | |
3815 | if (MEM_VOLATILE_P (exp)) | |
3816 | continue; | |
3817 | ||
3818 | link = rtx_alloc (EXPR_LIST); | |
3819 | XEXP (link, 0) = exp; | |
3820 | XEXP (link, 1) = 0; | |
3821 | *prev = link; | |
3822 | prev = &XEXP (link, 1); | |
3823 | } | |
3824 | dim->num_values = nalt; | |
3825 | } | |
3826 | else | |
3827 | { | |
3828 | rtx orexp = false_rtx; | |
3829 | ||
3830 | /* Very few values are used, so compute a mutually exclusive | |
3831 | expression. (We could do this for numeric values if that becomes | |
3832 | important.) */ | |
3833 | prev = &dim->values; | |
3834 | for (link = dim->values; link; link = *prev) | |
3835 | { | |
f75d38a7 | 3836 | orexp = insert_right_side (IOR, orexp, XEXP (link, 0), -2, -2); |
72f1215c TW |
3837 | prev = &XEXP (link, 1); |
3838 | } | |
3839 | link = rtx_alloc (EXPR_LIST); | |
3840 | XEXP (link, 0) = attr_rtx (NOT, orexp); | |
3841 | XEXP (link, 1) = 0; | |
3842 | *prev = link; | |
3843 | dim->num_values++; | |
3844 | } | |
3845 | return dim->num_values; | |
3846 | } | |
3847 | ||
3848 | /* Increment the current value for the NDIM-dimensional attribute space SPACE | |
3849 | and return FALSE if the increment overflowed. */ | |
3850 | ||
3851 | static int | |
3852 | increment_current_value (space, ndim) | |
3853 | struct dimension *space; | |
3854 | int ndim; | |
3855 | { | |
3856 | int i; | |
3857 | ||
3858 | for (i = ndim - 1; i >= 0; i--) | |
3859 | { | |
3860 | if ((space[i].current_value = XEXP (space[i].current_value, 1)) == 0) | |
3861 | space[i].current_value = space[i].values; | |
3862 | else | |
3863 | return 1; | |
3864 | } | |
3865 | return 0; | |
3866 | } | |
3867 | ||
3868 | /* Construct an expression corresponding to the current value for the | |
3869 | NDIM-dimensional attribute space SPACE. */ | |
3870 | ||
3871 | static rtx | |
3872 | test_for_current_value (space, ndim) | |
3873 | struct dimension *space; | |
3874 | int ndim; | |
3875 | { | |
3876 | int i; | |
3877 | rtx exp = true_rtx; | |
3878 | ||
3879 | for (i = 0; i < ndim; i++) | |
f75d38a7 RK |
3880 | exp = insert_right_side (AND, exp, XEXP (space[i].current_value, 0), |
3881 | -2, -2); | |
72f1215c TW |
3882 | |
3883 | return exp; | |
3884 | } | |
3885 | ||
3886 | /* Given the current value of the NDIM-dimensional attribute space SPACE, | |
3887 | set the corresponding EQ_ATTR expressions to that value and reduce | |
3888 | the expression EXP as much as possible. On input [and output], all | |
3889 | known EQ_ATTR expressions are set to FALSE. */ | |
3890 | ||
3891 | static rtx | |
3892 | simplify_with_current_value (exp, space, ndim) | |
3893 | rtx exp; | |
3894 | struct dimension *space; | |
3895 | int ndim; | |
3896 | { | |
3897 | int i; | |
3898 | rtx x; | |
3899 | ||
3900 | /* Mark each current value as TRUE. */ | |
3901 | for (i = 0; i < ndim; i++) | |
3902 | { | |
3903 | x = XEXP (space[i].current_value, 0); | |
3904 | if (GET_CODE (x) == EQ_ATTR) | |
3905 | MEM_VOLATILE_P (x) = 0; | |
3906 | } | |
3907 | ||
3908 | exp = simplify_with_current_value_aux (exp); | |
3909 | ||
3910 | /* Change each current value back to FALSE. */ | |
3911 | for (i = 0; i < ndim; i++) | |
3912 | { | |
3913 | x = XEXP (space[i].current_value, 0); | |
3914 | if (GET_CODE (x) == EQ_ATTR) | |
3915 | MEM_VOLATILE_P (x) = 1; | |
3916 | } | |
b5b6ad46 MM |
3917 | |
3918 | return exp; | |
72f1215c TW |
3919 | } |
3920 | ||
3921 | /* Reduce the expression EXP based on the MEM_VOLATILE_P settings of | |
3922 | all EQ_ATTR expressions. */ | |
3923 | ||
3924 | static rtx | |
3925 | simplify_with_current_value_aux (exp) | |
3926 | rtx exp; | |
3927 | { | |
3928 | register int i; | |
3929 | rtx cond; | |
3930 | ||
3931 | switch (GET_CODE (exp)) | |
3932 | { | |
3933 | case EQ_ATTR: | |
3934 | if (MEM_VOLATILE_P (exp)) | |
3935 | return false_rtx; | |
3936 | else | |
3937 | return true_rtx; | |
3938 | case CONST_STRING: | |
5830e3a0 | 3939 | case CONST_INT: |
72f1215c TW |
3940 | return exp; |
3941 | ||
3942 | case IF_THEN_ELSE: | |
3943 | cond = simplify_with_current_value_aux (XEXP (exp, 0)); | |
3944 | if (cond == true_rtx) | |
3945 | return simplify_with_current_value_aux (XEXP (exp, 1)); | |
3946 | else if (cond == false_rtx) | |
3947 | return simplify_with_current_value_aux (XEXP (exp, 2)); | |
3948 | else | |
3949 | return attr_rtx (IF_THEN_ELSE, cond, | |
3950 | simplify_with_current_value_aux (XEXP (exp, 1)), | |
3951 | simplify_with_current_value_aux (XEXP (exp, 2))); | |
3952 | ||
3953 | case IOR: | |
3954 | cond = simplify_with_current_value_aux (XEXP (exp, 1)); | |
3955 | if (cond == true_rtx) | |
3956 | return cond; | |
3957 | else if (cond == false_rtx) | |
3958 | return simplify_with_current_value_aux (XEXP (exp, 0)); | |
3959 | else | |
3960 | return attr_rtx (IOR, cond, | |
3961 | simplify_with_current_value_aux (XEXP (exp, 0))); | |
3962 | ||
3963 | case AND: | |
3964 | cond = simplify_with_current_value_aux (XEXP (exp, 1)); | |
3965 | if (cond == true_rtx) | |
3966 | return simplify_with_current_value_aux (XEXP (exp, 0)); | |
3967 | else if (cond == false_rtx) | |
3968 | return cond; | |
3969 | else | |
3970 | return attr_rtx (AND, cond, | |
3971 | simplify_with_current_value_aux (XEXP (exp, 0))); | |
3972 | ||
3973 | case NOT: | |
3974 | cond = simplify_with_current_value_aux (XEXP (exp, 0)); | |
3975 | if (cond == true_rtx) | |
3976 | return false_rtx; | |
3977 | else if (cond == false_rtx) | |
3978 | return true_rtx; | |
3979 | else | |
3980 | return attr_rtx (NOT, cond); | |
3981 | ||
3982 | case COND: | |
3983 | for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (exp, 0); i += 2) | |
3984 | { | |
3985 | cond = simplify_with_current_value_aux (XVECEXP (exp, 0, i)); | |
3986 | if (cond == true_rtx) | |
3987 | return simplify_with_current_value_aux (XVECEXP (exp, 0, i + 1)); | |
3988 | else if (cond == false_rtx) | |
3989 | continue; | |
3990 | else | |
3991 | abort (); /* With all EQ_ATTR's of known value, a case should | |
3992 | have been selected. */ | |
3993 | } | |
3994 | return simplify_with_current_value_aux (XEXP (exp, 1)); | |
e9a25f70 JL |
3995 | |
3996 | default: | |
3997 | abort (); | |
72f1215c | 3998 | } |
72f1215c TW |
3999 | } |
4000 | \f | |
85093b9c RS |
4001 | /* Clear the MEM_IN_STRUCT_P flag in EXP and its subexpressions. */ |
4002 | ||
9a63e81d | 4003 | static void |
85093b9c RS |
4004 | clear_struct_flag (x) |
4005 | rtx x; | |
4006 | { | |
4007 | register int i; | |
4008 | register int j; | |
4009 | register enum rtx_code code; | |
4010 | register char *fmt; | |
4011 | ||
4012 | MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (x) = 0; | |
4013 | if (RTX_UNCHANGING_P (x)) | |
4014 | return; | |
4015 | ||
4016 | code = GET_CODE (x); | |
4017 | ||
4018 | switch (code) | |
4019 | { | |
4020 | case REG: | |
4021 | case QUEUED: | |
4022 | case CONST_INT: | |
4023 | case CONST_DOUBLE: | |
4024 | case SYMBOL_REF: | |
4025 | case CODE_LABEL: | |
4026 | case PC: | |
4027 | case CC0: | |
4028 | case EQ_ATTR: | |
0b0316dc | 4029 | case ATTR_FLAG: |
85093b9c | 4030 | return; |
e9a25f70 JL |
4031 | |
4032 | default: | |
4033 | break; | |
85093b9c RS |
4034 | } |
4035 | ||
4036 | /* Compare the elements. If any pair of corresponding elements | |
4037 | fail to match, return 0 for the whole things. */ | |
4038 | ||
4039 | fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code); | |
4040 | for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--) | |
4041 | { | |
4042 | switch (fmt[i]) | |
4043 | { | |
4044 | case 'V': | |
4045 | case 'E': | |
85093b9c RS |
4046 | for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++) |
4047 | clear_struct_flag (XVECEXP (x, i, j)); | |
4048 | break; | |
4049 | ||
4050 | case 'e': | |
4051 | clear_struct_flag (XEXP (x, i)); | |
4052 | break; | |
4053 | } | |
41299f41 TW |
4054 | } |
4055 | } | |
3715a518 RS |
4056 | |
4057 | /* Return the number of RTX objects making up the expression X. | |
38e01259 | 4058 | But if we count more than MAX objects, stop counting. */ |
3715a518 | 4059 | |
9a63e81d | 4060 | static int |
3715a518 RS |
4061 | count_sub_rtxs (x, max) |
4062 | rtx x; | |
4063 | int max; | |
4064 | { | |
4065 | register int i; | |
4066 | register int j; | |
4067 | register enum rtx_code code; | |
4068 | register char *fmt; | |
4069 | int total = 0; | |
4070 | ||
4071 | code = GET_CODE (x); | |
4072 | ||
4073 | switch (code) | |
4074 | { | |
4075 | case REG: | |
4076 | case QUEUED: | |
4077 | case CONST_INT: | |
4078 | case CONST_DOUBLE: | |
4079 | case SYMBOL_REF: | |
4080 | case CODE_LABEL: | |
4081 | case PC: | |
4082 | case CC0: | |
4083 | case EQ_ATTR: | |
0b0316dc | 4084 | case ATTR_FLAG: |
3715a518 | 4085 | return 1; |
e9a25f70 JL |
4086 | |
4087 | default: | |
4088 | break; | |
3715a518 RS |
4089 | } |
4090 | ||
4091 | /* Compare the elements. If any pair of corresponding elements | |
4092 | fail to match, return 0 for the whole things. */ | |
4093 | ||
4094 | fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code); | |
4095 | for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--) | |
4096 | { | |
4097 | if (total >= max) | |
4098 | return total; | |
4099 | ||
4100 | switch (fmt[i]) | |
4101 | { | |
4102 | case 'V': | |
4103 | case 'E': | |
4104 | for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (x, i); j++) | |
4105 | total += count_sub_rtxs (XVECEXP (x, i, j), max); | |
4106 | break; | |
4107 | ||
4108 | case 'e': | |
4109 | total += count_sub_rtxs (XEXP (x, i), max); | |
4110 | break; | |
4111 | } | |
4112 | } | |
4113 | return total; | |
4114 | ||
4115 | } | |
41299f41 TW |
4116 | \f |
4117 | /* Create table entries for DEFINE_ATTR. */ | |
4118 | ||
4119 | static void | |
4120 | gen_attr (exp) | |
4121 | rtx exp; | |
4122 | { | |
4123 | struct attr_desc *attr; | |
4124 | struct attr_value *av; | |
4125 | char *name_ptr; | |
4126 | char *p; | |
4127 | ||
4128 | /* Make a new attribute structure. Check for duplicate by looking at | |
4129 | attr->default_val, since it is initialized by this routine. */ | |
4130 | attr = find_attr (XSTR (exp, 0), 1); | |
4131 | if (attr->default_val) | |
4132 | fatal ("Duplicate definition for `%s' attribute", attr->name); | |
4133 | ||
4134 | if (*XSTR (exp, 1) == '\0') | |
4135 | attr->is_numeric = 1; | |
4136 | else | |
4137 | { | |
4138 | name_ptr = XSTR (exp, 1); | |
4139 | while ((p = next_comma_elt (&name_ptr)) != NULL) | |
4140 | { | |
0e9414fd | 4141 | av = (struct attr_value *) oballoc (sizeof (struct attr_value)); |
3e7b5313 | 4142 | av->value = attr_rtx (CONST_STRING, p); |
41299f41 TW |
4143 | av->next = attr->first_value; |
4144 | attr->first_value = av; | |
4145 | av->first_insn = NULL; | |
4146 | av->num_insns = 0; | |
4147 | av->has_asm_insn = 0; | |
4148 | } | |
4149 | } | |
4150 | ||
3e7b5313 TW |
4151 | if (GET_CODE (XEXP (exp, 2)) == CONST) |
4152 | { | |
4153 | attr->is_const = 1; | |
4154 | if (attr->is_numeric) | |
4155 | fatal ("Constant attributes may not take numeric values"); | |
4156 | /* Get rid of the CONST node. It is allowed only at top-level. */ | |
4157 | XEXP (exp, 2) = XEXP (XEXP (exp, 2), 0); | |
4158 | } | |
4159 | ||
41299f41 TW |
4160 | if (! strcmp (attr->name, "length") && ! attr->is_numeric) |
4161 | fatal ("`length' attribute must take numeric values"); | |
4162 | ||
0f41302f | 4163 | /* Set up the default value. */ |
81fd4c6e | 4164 | XEXP (exp, 2) = check_attr_value (XEXP (exp, 2), attr); |
41299f41 TW |
4165 | attr->default_val = get_attr_value (XEXP (exp, 2), attr, -2); |
4166 | } | |
4167 | \f | |
4168 | /* Given a pattern for DEFINE_PEEPHOLE or DEFINE_INSN, return the number of | |
4169 | alternatives in the constraints. Assume all MATCH_OPERANDs have the same | |
4170 | number of alternatives as this should be checked elsewhere. */ | |
4171 | ||
4172 | static int | |
4173 | count_alternatives (exp) | |
4174 | rtx exp; | |
4175 | { | |
4176 | int i, j, n; | |
4177 | char *fmt; | |
4178 | ||
4179 | if (GET_CODE (exp) == MATCH_OPERAND) | |
4180 | return n_comma_elts (XSTR (exp, 2)); | |
4181 | ||
4182 | for (i = 0, fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (GET_CODE (exp)); | |
4183 | i < GET_RTX_LENGTH (GET_CODE (exp)); i++) | |
4184 | switch (*fmt++) | |
4185 | { | |
4186 | case 'e': | |
4187 | case 'u': | |
4188 | n = count_alternatives (XEXP (exp, i)); | |
4189 | if (n) | |
4190 | return n; | |
4191 | break; | |
4192 | ||
4193 | case 'E': | |
4194 | case 'V': | |
4195 | if (XVEC (exp, i) != NULL) | |
4196 | for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (exp, i); j++) | |
4197 | { | |
4198 | n = count_alternatives (XVECEXP (exp, i, j)); | |
4199 | if (n) | |
4200 | return n; | |
4201 | } | |
4202 | } | |
4203 | ||
4204 | return 0; | |
4205 | } | |
4206 | \f | |
4207 | /* Returns non-zero if the given expression contains an EQ_ATTR with the | |
4208 | `alternative' attribute. */ | |
4209 | ||
4210 | static int | |
4211 | compares_alternatives_p (exp) | |
4212 | rtx exp; | |
4213 | { | |
4214 | int i, j; | |
4215 | char *fmt; | |
4216 | ||
4217 | if (GET_CODE (exp) == EQ_ATTR && XSTR (exp, 0) == alternative_name) | |
4218 | return 1; | |
4219 | ||
4220 | for (i = 0, fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (GET_CODE (exp)); | |
4221 | i < GET_RTX_LENGTH (GET_CODE (exp)); i++) | |
4222 | switch (*fmt++) | |
4223 | { | |
4224 | case 'e': | |
4225 | case 'u': | |
4226 | if (compares_alternatives_p (XEXP (exp, i))) | |
4227 | return 1; | |
4228 | break; | |
4229 | ||
4230 | case 'E': | |
4231 | for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (exp, i); j++) | |
4232 | if (compares_alternatives_p (XVECEXP (exp, i, j))) | |
4233 | return 1; | |
4234 | break; | |
4235 | } | |
4236 | ||
4237 | return 0; | |
4238 | } | |
4239 | \f | |
4240 | /* Returns non-zero is INNER is contained in EXP. */ | |
4241 | ||
4242 | static int | |
4243 | contained_in_p (inner, exp) | |
4244 | rtx inner; | |
4245 | rtx exp; | |
4246 | { | |
4247 | int i, j; | |
4248 | char *fmt; | |
4249 | ||
4250 | if (rtx_equal_p (inner, exp)) | |
4251 | return 1; | |
4252 | ||
4253 | for (i = 0, fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (GET_CODE (exp)); | |
4254 | i < GET_RTX_LENGTH (GET_CODE (exp)); i++) | |
4255 | switch (*fmt++) | |
4256 | { | |
4257 | case 'e': | |
4258 | case 'u': | |
4259 | if (contained_in_p (inner, XEXP (exp, i))) | |
4260 | return 1; | |
4261 | break; | |
4262 | ||
4263 | case 'E': | |
4264 | for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (exp, i); j++) | |
4265 | if (contained_in_p (inner, XVECEXP (exp, i, j))) | |
4266 | return 1; | |
4267 | break; | |
4268 | } | |
4269 | ||
4270 | return 0; | |
4271 | } | |
4272 | \f | |
4273 | /* Process DEFINE_PEEPHOLE, DEFINE_INSN, and DEFINE_ASM_ATTRIBUTES. */ | |
4274 | ||
4275 | static void | |
4276 | gen_insn (exp) | |
4277 | rtx exp; | |
4278 | { | |
4279 | struct insn_def *id; | |
4280 | ||
0e9414fd | 4281 | id = (struct insn_def *) oballoc (sizeof (struct insn_def)); |
41299f41 TW |
4282 | id->next = defs; |
4283 | defs = id; | |
4284 | id->def = exp; | |
4285 | ||
4286 | switch (GET_CODE (exp)) | |
4287 | { | |
4288 | case DEFINE_INSN: | |
4289 | id->insn_code = insn_code_number++; | |
4290 | id->insn_index = insn_index_number++; | |
4291 | id->num_alternatives = count_alternatives (exp); | |
4292 | if (id->num_alternatives == 0) | |
4293 | id->num_alternatives = 1; | |
4294 | id->vec_idx = 4; | |
4295 | break; | |
4296 | ||
4297 | case DEFINE_PEEPHOLE: | |
4298 | id->insn_code = insn_code_number++; | |
4299 | id->insn_index = insn_index_number++; | |
4300 | id->num_alternatives = count_alternatives (exp); | |
4301 | if (id->num_alternatives == 0) | |
4302 | id->num_alternatives = 1; | |
4303 | id->vec_idx = 3; | |
4304 | break; | |
4305 | ||
4306 | case DEFINE_ASM_ATTRIBUTES: | |
4307 | id->insn_code = -1; | |
4308 | id->insn_index = -1; | |
4309 | id->num_alternatives = 1; | |
4310 | id->vec_idx = 0; | |
4311 | got_define_asm_attributes = 1; | |
4312 | break; | |
e9a25f70 JL |
4313 | |
4314 | default: | |
4315 | abort (); | |
41299f41 TW |
4316 | } |
4317 | } | |
4318 | \f | |
4319 | /* Process a DEFINE_DELAY. Validate the vector length, check if annul | |
4320 | true or annul false is specified, and make a `struct delay_desc'. */ | |
4321 | ||
4322 | static void | |
4323 | gen_delay (def) | |
4324 | rtx def; | |
4325 | { | |
4326 | struct delay_desc *delay; | |
4327 | int i; | |
4328 | ||
4329 | if (XVECLEN (def, 1) % 3 != 0) | |
4330 | fatal ("Number of elements in DEFINE_DELAY must be multiple of three."); | |
4331 | ||
4332 | for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (def, 1); i += 3) | |
4333 | { | |
4334 | if (XVECEXP (def, 1, i + 1)) | |
4335 | have_annul_true = 1; | |
4336 | if (XVECEXP (def, 1, i + 2)) | |
4337 | have_annul_false = 1; | |
4338 | } | |
4339 | ||
0e9414fd | 4340 | delay = (struct delay_desc *) oballoc (sizeof (struct delay_desc)); |
41299f41 TW |
4341 | delay->def = def; |
4342 | delay->num = ++num_delays; | |
4343 | delay->next = delays; | |
4344 | delays = delay; | |
4345 | } | |
4346 | \f | |
4347 | /* Process a DEFINE_FUNCTION_UNIT. | |
4348 | ||
4349 | This gives information about a function unit contained in the CPU. | |
4350 | We fill in a `struct function_unit_op' and a `struct function_unit' | |
4351 | with information used later by `expand_unit'. */ | |
4352 | ||
4353 | static void | |
4354 | gen_unit (def) | |
4355 | rtx def; | |
4356 | { | |
4357 | struct function_unit *unit; | |
4358 | struct function_unit_op *op; | |
bee757e1 TW |
4359 | char *name = XSTR (def, 0); |
4360 | int multiplicity = XINT (def, 1); | |
4361 | int simultaneity = XINT (def, 2); | |
4362 | rtx condexp = XEXP (def, 3); | |
4363 | int ready_cost = MAX (XINT (def, 4), 1); | |
4364 | int issue_delay = MAX (XINT (def, 5), 1); | |
41299f41 TW |
4365 | |
4366 | /* See if we have already seen this function unit. If so, check that | |
6dc42e49 | 4367 | the multiplicity and simultaneity values are the same. If not, make |
41299f41 TW |
4368 | a structure for this function unit. */ |
4369 | for (unit = units; unit; unit = unit->next) | |
bee757e1 | 4370 | if (! strcmp (unit->name, name)) |
41299f41 | 4371 | { |
bee757e1 TW |
4372 | if (unit->multiplicity != multiplicity |
4373 | || unit->simultaneity != simultaneity) | |
41299f41 TW |
4374 | fatal ("Differing specifications given for `%s' function unit.", |
4375 | unit->name); | |
4376 | break; | |
4377 | } | |
4378 | ||
4379 | if (unit == 0) | |
4380 | { | |
0e9414fd | 4381 | unit = (struct function_unit *) oballoc (sizeof (struct function_unit)); |
bee757e1 TW |
4382 | unit->name = name; |
4383 | unit->multiplicity = multiplicity; | |
4384 | unit->simultaneity = simultaneity; | |
4385 | unit->issue_delay.min = unit->issue_delay.max = issue_delay; | |
41299f41 TW |
4386 | unit->num = num_units++; |
4387 | unit->num_opclasses = 0; | |
4388 | unit->condexp = false_rtx; | |
4389 | unit->ops = 0; | |
4390 | unit->next = units; | |
4391 | units = unit; | |
4392 | } | |
4393 | ||
4394 | /* Make a new operation class structure entry and initialize it. */ | |
0e9414fd | 4395 | op = (struct function_unit_op *) oballoc (sizeof (struct function_unit_op)); |
bee757e1 | 4396 | op->condexp = condexp; |
41299f41 | 4397 | op->num = unit->num_opclasses++; |
bee757e1 TW |
4398 | op->ready = ready_cost; |
4399 | op->issue_delay = issue_delay; | |
41299f41 TW |
4400 | op->next = unit->ops; |
4401 | unit->ops = op; | |
71d9b493 | 4402 | num_unit_opclasses++; |
41299f41 | 4403 | |
bee757e1 | 4404 | /* Set our issue expression based on whether or not an optional conflict |
41299f41 TW |
4405 | vector was specified. */ |
4406 | if (XVEC (def, 6)) | |
4407 | { | |
4408 | /* Compute the IOR of all the specified expressions. */ | |
4409 | rtx orexp = false_rtx; | |
4410 | int i; | |
4411 | ||
4412 | for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (def, 6); i++) | |
f75d38a7 | 4413 | orexp = insert_right_side (IOR, orexp, XVECEXP (def, 6, i), -2, -2); |
41299f41 | 4414 | |
bee757e1 TW |
4415 | op->conflict_exp = orexp; |
4416 | extend_range (&unit->issue_delay, 1, issue_delay); | |
41299f41 TW |
4417 | } |
4418 | else | |
72f1215c | 4419 | { |
bee757e1 TW |
4420 | op->conflict_exp = true_rtx; |
4421 | extend_range (&unit->issue_delay, issue_delay, issue_delay); | |
72f1215c | 4422 | } |
41299f41 TW |
4423 | |
4424 | /* Merge our conditional into that of the function unit so we can determine | |
4425 | which insns are used by the function unit. */ | |
f75d38a7 | 4426 | unit->condexp = insert_right_side (IOR, unit->condexp, op->condexp, -2, -2); |
41299f41 TW |
4427 | } |
4428 | \f | |
4429 | /* Given a piece of RTX, print a C expression to test it's truth value. | |
71d9b493 | 4430 | |
41299f41 TW |
4431 | We use AND and IOR both for logical and bit-wise operations, so |
4432 | interpret them as logical unless they are inside a comparison expression. | |
71d9b493 RH |
4433 | The first bit of FLAGS will be non-zero in that case. |
4434 | ||
4435 | Set the second bit of FLAGS to make references to attribute values use | |
4436 | a cached local variable instead of calling a function. */ | |
41299f41 TW |
4437 | |
4438 | static void | |
71d9b493 | 4439 | write_test_expr (exp, flags) |
41299f41 | 4440 | rtx exp; |
71d9b493 | 4441 | int flags; |
41299f41 TW |
4442 | { |
4443 | int comparison_operator = 0; | |
4444 | RTX_CODE code; | |
4445 | struct attr_desc *attr; | |
4446 | ||
4447 | /* In order not to worry about operator precedence, surround our part of | |
4448 | the expression with parentheses. */ | |
4449 | ||
4450 | printf ("("); | |
4451 | code = GET_CODE (exp); | |
4452 | switch (code) | |
4453 | { | |
4454 | /* Binary operators. */ | |
4455 | case EQ: case NE: | |
4456 | case GE: case GT: case GEU: case GTU: | |
4457 | case LE: case LT: case LEU: case LTU: | |
4458 | comparison_operator = 1; | |
4459 | ||
4460 | case PLUS: case MINUS: case MULT: case DIV: case MOD: | |
4461 | case AND: case IOR: case XOR: | |
45620ed4 | 4462 | case ASHIFT: case LSHIFTRT: case ASHIFTRT: |
71d9b493 | 4463 | write_test_expr (XEXP (exp, 0), flags | comparison_operator); |
41299f41 TW |
4464 | switch (code) |
4465 | { | |
4466 | case EQ: | |
4467 | printf (" == "); | |
4468 | break; | |
4469 | case NE: | |
4470 | printf (" != "); | |
4471 | break; | |
4472 | case GE: | |
4473 | printf (" >= "); | |
4474 | break; | |
4475 | case GT: | |
4476 | printf (" > "); | |
4477 | break; | |
4478 | case GEU: | |
4479 | printf (" >= (unsigned) "); | |
4480 | break; | |
4481 | case GTU: | |
4482 | printf (" > (unsigned) "); | |
4483 | break; | |
4484 | case LE: | |
4485 | printf (" <= "); | |
4486 | break; | |
4487 | case LT: | |
4488 | printf (" < "); | |
4489 | break; | |
4490 | case LEU: | |
4491 | printf (" <= (unsigned) "); | |
4492 | break; | |
4493 | case LTU: | |
4494 | printf (" < (unsigned) "); | |
4495 | break; | |
4496 | case PLUS: | |
4497 | printf (" + "); | |
4498 | break; | |
4499 | case MINUS: | |
4500 | printf (" - "); | |
4501 | break; | |
4502 | case MULT: | |
4503 | printf (" * "); | |
4504 | break; | |
4505 | case DIV: | |
4506 | printf (" / "); | |
4507 | break; | |
4508 | case MOD: | |
412dc348 | 4509 | printf (" %% "); |
41299f41 TW |
4510 | break; |
4511 | case AND: | |
71d9b493 | 4512 | if (flags & 1) |
41299f41 TW |
4513 | printf (" & "); |
4514 | else | |
4515 | printf (" && "); | |
4516 | break; | |
4517 | case IOR: | |
71d9b493 | 4518 | if (flags & 1) |
41299f41 TW |
4519 | printf (" | "); |
4520 | else | |
4521 | printf (" || "); | |
4522 | break; | |
4523 | case XOR: | |
4524 | printf (" ^ "); | |
4525 | break; | |
41299f41 TW |
4526 | case ASHIFT: |
4527 | printf (" << "); | |
4528 | break; | |
4529 | case LSHIFTRT: | |
4530 | case ASHIFTRT: | |
4531 | printf (" >> "); | |
4532 | break; | |
e9a25f70 JL |
4533 | default: |
4534 | abort (); | |
41299f41 TW |
4535 | } |
4536 | ||
71d9b493 | 4537 | write_test_expr (XEXP (exp, 1), flags | comparison_operator); |
41299f41 TW |
4538 | break; |
4539 | ||
4540 | case NOT: | |
4541 | /* Special-case (not (eq_attrq "alternative" "x")) */ | |
71d9b493 | 4542 | if (! (flags & 1) && GET_CODE (XEXP (exp, 0)) == EQ_ATTR |
41299f41 TW |
4543 | && XSTR (XEXP (exp, 0), 0) == alternative_name) |
4544 | { | |
4545 | printf ("which_alternative != %s", XSTR (XEXP (exp, 0), 1)); | |
4546 | break; | |
4547 | } | |
4548 | ||
4549 | /* Otherwise, fall through to normal unary operator. */ | |
4550 | ||
4551 | /* Unary operators. */ | |
4552 | case ABS: case NEG: | |
4553 | switch (code) | |
4554 | { | |
4555 | case NOT: | |
71d9b493 | 4556 | if (flags & 1) |
41299f41 TW |
4557 | printf ("~ "); |
4558 | else | |
4559 | printf ("! "); | |
4560 | break; | |
4561 | case ABS: | |
4562 | printf ("abs "); | |
4563 | break; | |
4564 | case NEG: | |
4565 | printf ("-"); | |
4566 | break; | |
e9a25f70 JL |
4567 | default: |
4568 | abort (); | |
41299f41 TW |
4569 | } |
4570 | ||
71d9b493 | 4571 | write_test_expr (XEXP (exp, 0), flags); |
41299f41 TW |
4572 | break; |
4573 | ||
4574 | /* Comparison test of an attribute with a value. Most of these will | |
4575 | have been removed by optimization. Handle "alternative" | |
4576 | specially and give error if EQ_ATTR present inside a comparison. */ | |
4577 | case EQ_ATTR: | |
71d9b493 | 4578 | if (flags & 1) |
41299f41 TW |
4579 | fatal ("EQ_ATTR not valid inside comparison"); |
4580 | ||
4581 | if (XSTR (exp, 0) == alternative_name) | |
4582 | { | |
4583 | printf ("which_alternative == %s", XSTR (exp, 1)); | |
4584 | break; | |
4585 | } | |
4586 | ||
4587 | attr = find_attr (XSTR (exp, 0), 0); | |
4588 | if (! attr) abort (); | |
b31a5831 RS |
4589 | |
4590 | /* Now is the time to expand the value of a constant attribute. */ | |
4591 | if (attr->is_const) | |
4592 | { | |
4593 | write_test_expr (evaluate_eq_attr (exp, attr->default_val->value, | |
dedb78d4 | 4594 | -2, -2), |
71d9b493 | 4595 | flags); |
b31a5831 RS |
4596 | } |
4597 | else | |
4598 | { | |
71d9b493 RH |
4599 | if (flags & 2) |
4600 | printf ("attr_%s", attr->name); | |
4601 | else | |
4602 | printf ("get_attr_%s (insn)", attr->name); | |
4603 | printf (" == "); | |
4604 | write_attr_valueq (attr, XSTR (exp, 1)); | |
b31a5831 | 4605 | } |
41299f41 TW |
4606 | break; |
4607 | ||
0b0316dc JL |
4608 | /* Comparison test of flags for define_delays. */ |
4609 | case ATTR_FLAG: | |
71d9b493 | 4610 | if (flags & 1) |
0b0316dc JL |
4611 | fatal ("ATTR_FLAG not valid inside comparison"); |
4612 | printf ("(flags & ATTR_FLAG_%s) != 0", XSTR (exp, 0)); | |
4613 | break; | |
4614 | ||
41299f41 TW |
4615 | /* See if an operand matches a predicate. */ |
4616 | case MATCH_OPERAND: | |
4617 | /* If only a mode is given, just ensure the mode matches the operand. | |
4618 | If neither a mode nor predicate is given, error. */ | |
4619 | if (XSTR (exp, 1) == NULL || *XSTR (exp, 1) == '\0') | |
4620 | { | |
4621 | if (GET_MODE (exp) == VOIDmode) | |
4622 | fatal ("Null MATCH_OPERAND specified as test"); | |
4623 | else | |
4624 | printf ("GET_MODE (operands[%d]) == %smode", | |
4625 | XINT (exp, 0), GET_MODE_NAME (GET_MODE (exp))); | |
4626 | } | |
4627 | else | |
4628 | printf ("%s (operands[%d], %smode)", | |
4629 | XSTR (exp, 1), XINT (exp, 0), GET_MODE_NAME (GET_MODE (exp))); | |
4630 | break; | |
4631 | ||
8450a694 JC |
4632 | case MATCH_INSN: |
4633 | printf ("%s (insn)", XSTR (exp, 0)); | |
4634 | break; | |
4635 | ||
0f41302f | 4636 | /* Constant integer. */ |
41299f41 | 4637 | case CONST_INT: |
76d31c63 | 4638 | printf (HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, XWINT (exp, 0)); |
41299f41 TW |
4639 | break; |
4640 | ||
0f41302f | 4641 | /* A random C expression. */ |
41299f41 TW |
4642 | case SYMBOL_REF: |
4643 | printf ("%s", XSTR (exp, 0)); | |
4644 | break; | |
4645 | ||
4646 | /* The address of the branch target. */ | |
4647 | case MATCH_DUP: | |
5ab7138b DE |
4648 | printf ("insn_addresses[INSN_UID (GET_CODE (operands[%d]) == LABEL_REF ? XEXP (operands[%d], 0) : operands[%d])]", |
4649 | XINT (exp, 0), XINT (exp, 0), XINT (exp, 0)); | |
41299f41 TW |
4650 | break; |
4651 | ||
41299f41 | 4652 | case PC: |
fc470718 R |
4653 | /* The address of the current insn. We implement this actually as the |
4654 | address of the current insn for backward branches, but the last | |
4655 | address of the next insn for forward branches, and both with | |
4656 | adjustments that account for the worst-case possible stretching of | |
4657 | intervening alignments between this insn and its destination. */ | |
4658 | printf("insn_current_reference_address (insn)"); | |
41299f41 TW |
4659 | break; |
4660 | ||
71d9b493 RH |
4661 | case CONST_STRING: |
4662 | printf ("%s", XSTR (exp, 0)); | |
4663 | break; | |
4664 | ||
4665 | case IF_THEN_ELSE: | |
4666 | write_test_expr (XEXP (exp, 0), flags & 2); | |
4667 | printf (" ? "); | |
4668 | write_test_expr (XEXP (exp, 1), flags | 1); | |
4669 | printf (" : "); | |
4670 | write_test_expr (XEXP (exp, 2), flags | 1); | |
4671 | break; | |
4672 | ||
41299f41 TW |
4673 | default: |
4674 | fatal ("bad RTX code `%s' in attribute calculation\n", | |
4675 | GET_RTX_NAME (code)); | |
4676 | } | |
4677 | ||
4678 | printf (")"); | |
4679 | } | |
4680 | \f | |
4681 | /* Given an attribute value, return the maximum CONST_STRING argument | |
4682 | encountered. It is assumed that they are all numeric. */ | |
4683 | ||
4684 | static int | |
4685 | max_attr_value (exp) | |
4686 | rtx exp; | |
4687 | { | |
4688 | int current_max = 0; | |
4689 | int n; | |
4690 | int i; | |
4691 | ||
4692 | if (GET_CODE (exp) == CONST_STRING) | |
4693 | return atoi (XSTR (exp, 0)); | |
4694 | ||
4695 | else if (GET_CODE (exp) == COND) | |
4696 | { | |
4697 | for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (exp, 0); i += 2) | |
4698 | { | |
4699 | n = max_attr_value (XVECEXP (exp, 0, i + 1)); | |
4700 | if (n > current_max) | |
4701 | current_max = n; | |
4702 | } | |
4703 | ||
4704 | n = max_attr_value (XEXP (exp, 1)); | |
4705 | if (n > current_max) | |
4706 | current_max = n; | |
4707 | } | |
4708 | ||
bee757e1 TW |
4709 | else if (GET_CODE (exp) == IF_THEN_ELSE) |
4710 | { | |
4711 | current_max = max_attr_value (XEXP (exp, 1)); | |
4712 | n = max_attr_value (XEXP (exp, 2)); | |
4713 | if (n > current_max) | |
4714 | current_max = n; | |
4715 | } | |
4716 | ||
41299f41 TW |
4717 | else |
4718 | abort (); | |
4719 | ||
4720 | return current_max; | |
4721 | } | |
fc470718 R |
4722 | |
4723 | /* Given an attribute value, return the result of ORing together all | |
4724 | CONST_STRING arguments encountered. It is assumed that they are | |
4725 | all numeric. */ | |
4726 | ||
4727 | static int | |
4728 | or_attr_value (exp) | |
4729 | rtx exp; | |
4730 | { | |
4731 | int current_or = 0; | |
4732 | int i; | |
4733 | ||
4734 | if (GET_CODE (exp) == CONST_STRING) | |
4735 | return atoi (XSTR (exp, 0)); | |
4736 | ||
4737 | else if (GET_CODE (exp) == COND) | |
4738 | { | |
4739 | for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (exp, 0); i += 2) | |
4740 | { | |
4741 | current_or |= or_attr_value (XVECEXP (exp, 0, i + 1)); | |
4742 | } | |
4743 | ||
4744 | current_or |= or_attr_value (XEXP (exp, 1)); | |
4745 | } | |
4746 | ||
4747 | else if (GET_CODE (exp) == IF_THEN_ELSE) | |
4748 | { | |
4749 | current_or = or_attr_value (XEXP (exp, 1)); | |
4750 | current_or |= or_attr_value (XEXP (exp, 2)); | |
4751 | } | |
4752 | ||
4753 | else | |
4754 | abort (); | |
4755 | ||
4756 | return current_or; | |
4757 | } | |
41299f41 TW |
4758 | \f |
4759 | /* Scan an attribute value, possibly a conditional, and record what actions | |
4760 | will be required to do any conditional tests in it. | |
4761 | ||
4762 | Specifically, set | |
4763 | `must_extract' if we need to extract the insn operands | |
4764 | `must_constrain' if we must compute `which_alternative' | |
4765 | `address_used' if an address expression was used | |
d7c665bf | 4766 | `length_used' if an (eq_attr "length" ...) was used |
41299f41 TW |
4767 | */ |
4768 | ||
4769 | static void | |
4770 | walk_attr_value (exp) | |
4771 | rtx exp; | |
4772 | { | |
4773 | register int i, j; | |
4774 | register char *fmt; | |
4775 | RTX_CODE code; | |
4776 | ||
4777 | if (exp == NULL) | |
4778 | return; | |
4779 | ||
4780 | code = GET_CODE (exp); | |
4781 | switch (code) | |
4782 | { | |
4783 | case SYMBOL_REF: | |
3e7b5313 TW |
4784 | if (! RTX_UNCHANGING_P (exp)) |
4785 | /* Since this is an arbitrary expression, it can look at anything. | |
4786 | However, constant expressions do not depend on any particular | |
4787 | insn. */ | |
4788 | must_extract = must_constrain = 1; | |
41299f41 TW |
4789 | return; |
4790 | ||
4791 | case MATCH_OPERAND: | |
4792 | must_extract = 1; | |
4793 | return; | |
4794 | ||
4795 | case EQ_ATTR: | |
4796 | if (XSTR (exp, 0) == alternative_name) | |
4797 | must_extract = must_constrain = 1; | |
d7c665bf RK |
4798 | else if (strcmp (XSTR (exp, 0), "length") == 0) |
4799 | length_used = 1; | |
41299f41 TW |
4800 | return; |
4801 | ||
4802 | case MATCH_DUP: | |
426cd2f4 RK |
4803 | must_extract = 1; |
4804 | address_used = 1; | |
4805 | return; | |
4806 | ||
41299f41 TW |
4807 | case PC: |
4808 | address_used = 1; | |
4809 | return; | |
0b0316dc JL |
4810 | |
4811 | case ATTR_FLAG: | |
4812 | return; | |
e9a25f70 JL |
4813 | |
4814 | default: | |
4815 | break; | |
41299f41 TW |
4816 | } |
4817 | ||
4818 | for (i = 0, fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code); i < GET_RTX_LENGTH (code); i++) | |
4819 | switch (*fmt++) | |
4820 | { | |
4821 | case 'e': | |
4822 | case 'u': | |
4823 | walk_attr_value (XEXP (exp, i)); | |
4824 | break; | |
4825 | ||
4826 | case 'E': | |
4827 | if (XVEC (exp, i) != NULL) | |
4828 | for (j = 0; j < XVECLEN (exp, i); j++) | |
4829 | walk_attr_value (XVECEXP (exp, i, j)); | |
4830 | break; | |
4831 | } | |
4832 | } | |
4833 | \f | |
4834 | /* Write out a function to obtain the attribute for a given INSN. */ | |
4835 | ||
4836 | static void | |
4837 | write_attr_get (attr) | |
4838 | struct attr_desc *attr; | |
4839 | { | |
4840 | struct attr_value *av, *common_av; | |
4841 | ||
4842 | /* Find the most used attribute value. Handle that as the `default' of the | |
0f41302f | 4843 | switch we will generate. */ |
41299f41 TW |
4844 | common_av = find_most_used (attr); |
4845 | ||
4846 | /* Write out start of function, then all values with explicit `case' lines, | |
4847 | then a `default', then the value with the most uses. */ | |
bee757e1 | 4848 | if (!attr->is_numeric) |
41299f41 | 4849 | printf ("enum attr_%s\n", attr->name); |
bee757e1 TW |
4850 | else if (attr->unsigned_p) |
4851 | printf ("unsigned int\n"); | |
4852 | else | |
4853 | printf ("int\n"); | |
41299f41 TW |
4854 | |
4855 | /* If the attribute name starts with a star, the remainder is the name of | |
4856 | the subroutine to use, instead of `get_attr_...'. */ | |
4857 | if (attr->name[0] == '*') | |
4858 | printf ("%s (insn)\n", &attr->name[1]); | |
3e7b5313 | 4859 | else if (attr->is_const == 0) |
41299f41 | 4860 | printf ("get_attr_%s (insn)\n", attr->name); |
3e7b5313 TW |
4861 | else |
4862 | { | |
4863 | printf ("get_attr_%s ()\n", attr->name); | |
4864 | printf ("{\n"); | |
4865 | ||
4866 | for (av = attr->first_value; av; av = av->next) | |
4867 | if (av->num_insns != 0) | |
4868 | write_attr_set (attr, 2, av->value, "return", ";", | |
4869 | true_rtx, av->first_insn->insn_code, | |
4870 | av->first_insn->insn_index); | |
4871 | ||
4872 | printf ("}\n\n"); | |
4873 | return; | |
4874 | } | |
71d9b493 | 4875 | |
41299f41 TW |
4876 | printf (" rtx insn;\n"); |
4877 | printf ("{\n"); | |
41299f41 | 4878 | |
71d9b493 RH |
4879 | if (GET_CODE (common_av->value) == FFS) |
4880 | { | |
4881 | rtx p = XEXP (common_av->value, 0); | |
41299f41 | 4882 | |
71d9b493 RH |
4883 | /* No need to emit code to abort if the insn is unrecognized; the |
4884 | other get_attr_foo functions will do that when we call them. */ | |
4885 | ||
4886 | write_toplevel_expr (p); | |
4887 | ||
4888 | printf ("\n if (accum && accum == (accum & -accum))\n"); | |
4889 | printf (" {\n"); | |
4890 | printf (" int i;\n"); | |
4891 | printf (" for (i = 0; accum >>= 1; ++i) continue;\n"); | |
4892 | printf (" accum = i;\n"); | |
4893 | printf (" }\n else\n"); | |
4894 | printf (" accum = ~accum;\n"); | |
4895 | printf (" return accum;\n}\n\n"); | |
4896 | } | |
4897 | else | |
4898 | { | |
4899 | printf (" switch (recog_memoized (insn))\n"); | |
4900 | printf (" {\n"); | |
4901 | ||
4902 | for (av = attr->first_value; av; av = av->next) | |
4903 | if (av != common_av) | |
4904 | write_attr_case (attr, av, 1, "return", ";", 4, true_rtx); | |
4905 | ||
4906 | write_attr_case (attr, common_av, 0, "return", ";", 4, true_rtx); | |
4907 | printf (" }\n}\n\n"); | |
4908 | } | |
41299f41 TW |
4909 | } |
4910 | \f | |
4911 | /* Given an AND tree of known true terms (because we are inside an `if' with | |
4912 | that as the condition or are in an `else' clause) and an expression, | |
4913 | replace any known true terms with TRUE. Use `simplify_and_tree' to do | |
4914 | the bulk of the work. */ | |
4915 | ||
4916 | static rtx | |
4917 | eliminate_known_true (known_true, exp, insn_code, insn_index) | |
4918 | rtx known_true; | |
4919 | rtx exp; | |
4920 | int insn_code, insn_index; | |
4921 | { | |
4922 | rtx term; | |
4923 | ||
61abc2ca RS |
4924 | known_true = SIMPLIFY_TEST_EXP (known_true, insn_code, insn_index); |
4925 | ||
4926 | if (GET_CODE (known_true) == AND) | |
4927 | { | |
4928 | exp = eliminate_known_true (XEXP (known_true, 0), exp, | |
4929 | insn_code, insn_index); | |
4930 | exp = eliminate_known_true (XEXP (known_true, 1), exp, | |
4931 | insn_code, insn_index); | |
4932 | } | |
4933 | else | |
4934 | { | |
4935 | term = known_true; | |
4936 | exp = simplify_and_tree (exp, &term, insn_code, insn_index); | |
4937 | } | |
4938 | ||
4939 | return exp; | |
41299f41 TW |
4940 | } |
4941 | \f | |
4942 | /* Write out a series of tests and assignment statements to perform tests and | |
4943 | sets of an attribute value. We are passed an indentation amount and prefix | |
4944 | and suffix strings to write around each attribute value (e.g., "return" | |
4945 | and ";"). */ | |
4946 | ||
4947 | static void | |
4948 | write_attr_set (attr, indent, value, prefix, suffix, known_true, | |
4949 | insn_code, insn_index) | |
4950 | struct attr_desc *attr; | |
4951 | int indent; | |
4952 | rtx value; | |
4953 | char *prefix; | |
4954 | char *suffix; | |
4955 | rtx known_true; | |
4956 | int insn_code, insn_index; | |
4957 | { | |
4958 | if (GET_CODE (value) == CONST_STRING) | |
4959 | { | |
4960 | write_indent (indent); | |
4961 | printf ("%s ", prefix); | |
4962 | write_attr_value (attr, value); | |
4963 | printf ("%s\n", suffix); | |
4964 | } | |
4965 | else if (GET_CODE (value) == COND) | |
4966 | { | |
4967 | /* Assume the default value will be the default of the COND unless we | |
4968 | find an always true expression. */ | |
4969 | rtx default_val = XEXP (value, 1); | |
4970 | rtx our_known_true = known_true; | |
4971 | rtx newexp; | |
4972 | int first_if = 1; | |
4973 | int i; | |
4974 | ||
4975 | for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (value, 0); i += 2) | |
4976 | { | |
4977 | rtx testexp; | |
4978 | rtx inner_true; | |
4979 | ||
4980 | testexp = eliminate_known_true (our_known_true, | |
4981 | XVECEXP (value, 0, i), | |
4982 | insn_code, insn_index); | |
3e7b5313 | 4983 | newexp = attr_rtx (NOT, testexp); |
41299f41 TW |
4984 | newexp = insert_right_side (AND, our_known_true, newexp, |
4985 | insn_code, insn_index); | |
4986 | ||
4987 | /* If the test expression is always true or if the next `known_true' | |
4988 | expression is always false, this is the last case, so break | |
4989 | out and let this value be the `else' case. */ | |
4990 | if (testexp == true_rtx || newexp == false_rtx) | |
4991 | { | |
4992 | default_val = XVECEXP (value, 0, i + 1); | |
4993 | break; | |
4994 | } | |
4995 | ||
4996 | /* Compute the expression to pass to our recursive call as being | |
4997 | known true. */ | |
4998 | inner_true = insert_right_side (AND, our_known_true, | |
4999 | testexp, insn_code, insn_index); | |
5000 | ||
5001 | /* If this is always false, skip it. */ | |
5002 | if (inner_true == false_rtx) | |
5003 | continue; | |
5004 | ||
5005 | write_indent (indent); | |
5006 | printf ("%sif ", first_if ? "" : "else "); | |
5007 | first_if = 0; | |
5008 | write_test_expr (testexp, 0); | |
5009 | printf ("\n"); | |
5010 | write_indent (indent + 2); | |
5011 | printf ("{\n"); | |
5012 | ||
5013 | write_attr_set (attr, indent + 4, | |
5014 | XVECEXP (value, 0, i + 1), prefix, suffix, | |
5015 | inner_true, insn_code, insn_index); | |
5016 | write_indent (indent + 2); | |
5017 | printf ("}\n"); | |
5018 | our_known_true = newexp; | |
5019 | } | |
5020 | ||
5021 | if (! first_if) | |
5022 | { | |
5023 | write_indent (indent); | |
5024 | printf ("else\n"); | |
5025 | write_indent (indent + 2); | |
5026 | printf ("{\n"); | |
5027 | } | |
5028 | ||
5029 | write_attr_set (attr, first_if ? indent : indent + 4, default_val, | |
5030 | prefix, suffix, our_known_true, insn_code, insn_index); | |
5031 | ||
5032 | if (! first_if) | |
5033 | { | |
5034 | write_indent (indent + 2); | |
5035 | printf ("}\n"); | |
5036 | } | |
5037 | } | |
5038 | else | |
5039 | abort (); | |
5040 | } | |
5041 | \f | |
5042 | /* Write out the computation for one attribute value. */ | |
5043 | ||
5044 | static void | |
f75d38a7 RK |
5045 | write_attr_case (attr, av, write_case_lines, prefix, suffix, indent, |
5046 | known_true) | |
41299f41 TW |
5047 | struct attr_desc *attr; |
5048 | struct attr_value *av; | |
5049 | int write_case_lines; | |
5050 | char *prefix, *suffix; | |
5051 | int indent; | |
5052 | rtx known_true; | |
5053 | { | |
5054 | struct insn_ent *ie; | |
5055 | ||
5056 | if (av->num_insns == 0) | |
5057 | return; | |
5058 | ||
5059 | if (av->has_asm_insn) | |
5060 | { | |
5061 | write_indent (indent); | |
5062 | printf ("case -1:\n"); | |
5063 | write_indent (indent + 2); | |
5064 | printf ("if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) != ASM_INPUT\n"); | |
5065 | write_indent (indent + 2); | |
5066 | printf (" && asm_noperands (PATTERN (insn)) < 0)\n"); | |
5067 | write_indent (indent + 2); | |
5068 | printf (" fatal_insn_not_found (insn);\n"); | |
5069 | } | |
5070 | ||
5071 | if (write_case_lines) | |
5072 | { | |
5073 | for (ie = av->first_insn; ie; ie = ie->next) | |
5074 | if (ie->insn_code != -1) | |
5075 | { | |
5076 | write_indent (indent); | |
5077 | printf ("case %d:\n", ie->insn_code); | |
5078 | } | |
5079 | } | |
5080 | else | |
5081 | { | |
5082 | write_indent (indent); | |
5083 | printf ("default:\n"); | |
5084 | } | |
5085 | ||
d7c665bf | 5086 | /* See what we have to do to output this value. */ |
41299f41 TW |
5087 | must_extract = must_constrain = address_used = 0; |
5088 | walk_attr_value (av->value); | |
5089 | ||
5090 | if (must_extract) | |
5091 | { | |
5092 | write_indent (indent + 2); | |
5093 | printf ("insn_extract (insn);\n"); | |
5094 | } | |
5095 | ||
5096 | if (must_constrain) | |
5097 | { | |
5098 | #ifdef REGISTER_CONSTRAINTS | |
5099 | write_indent (indent + 2); | |
5100 | printf ("if (! constrain_operands (INSN_CODE (insn), reload_completed))\n"); | |
5101 | write_indent (indent + 2); | |
5102 | printf (" fatal_insn_not_found (insn);\n"); | |
5103 | #endif | |
5104 | } | |
5105 | ||
5106 | write_attr_set (attr, indent + 2, av->value, prefix, suffix, | |
5107 | known_true, av->first_insn->insn_code, | |
5108 | av->first_insn->insn_index); | |
5109 | ||
5110 | if (strncmp (prefix, "return", 6)) | |
5111 | { | |
5112 | write_indent (indent + 2); | |
5113 | printf ("break;\n"); | |
5114 | } | |
5115 | printf ("\n"); | |
5116 | } | |
5117 | \f | |
71d9b493 RH |
5118 | /* Search for uses of non-const attributes and write code to cache them. */ |
5119 | ||
5120 | static int | |
5121 | write_expr_attr_cache (p, attr) | |
5122 | rtx p; | |
5123 | struct attr_desc *attr; | |
5124 | { | |
5125 | char *fmt; | |
5126 | int i, ie, j, je; | |
5127 | ||
5128 | if (GET_CODE (p) == EQ_ATTR) | |
5129 | { | |
5130 | if (XSTR (p, 0) != attr->name) | |
5131 | return 0; | |
5132 | ||
5133 | if (!attr->is_numeric) | |
5134 | printf (" register enum attr_%s ", attr->name); | |
5135 | else if (attr->unsigned_p) | |
5136 | printf (" register unsigned int "); | |
5137 | else | |
5138 | printf (" register int "); | |
5139 | ||
5140 | printf ("attr_%s = get_attr_%s (insn);\n", attr->name, attr->name); | |
5141 | return 1; | |
5142 | } | |
5143 | ||
5144 | fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (GET_CODE (p)); | |
5145 | ie = GET_RTX_LENGTH (GET_CODE (p)); | |
5146 | for (i = 0; i < ie; i++) | |
5147 | { | |
5148 | switch (*fmt++) | |
5149 | { | |
5150 | case 'e': | |
5151 | if (write_expr_attr_cache (XEXP (p, i), attr)) | |
5152 | return 1; | |
5153 | break; | |
5154 | ||
5155 | case 'E': | |
5156 | je = XVECLEN (p, i); | |
5157 | for (j = 0; j < je; ++j) | |
5158 | if (write_expr_attr_cache (XVECEXP (p, i, j), attr)) | |
5159 | return 1; | |
5160 | break; | |
5161 | } | |
5162 | } | |
5163 | ||
5164 | return 0; | |
5165 | } | |
5166 | ||
5167 | /* Evaluate an expression at top level. A front end to write_test_expr, | |
5168 | in which we cache attribute values and break up excessively large | |
5169 | expressions to cater to older compilers. */ | |
5170 | ||
5171 | static void | |
5172 | write_toplevel_expr (p) | |
5173 | rtx p; | |
5174 | { | |
5175 | struct attr_desc *attr; | |
5176 | int i; | |
5177 | ||
5178 | for (i = 0; i < MAX_ATTRS_INDEX; ++i) | |
5179 | for (attr = attrs[i]; attr ; attr = attr->next) | |
5180 | if (!attr->is_const) | |
5181 | write_expr_attr_cache (p, attr); | |
5182 | ||
5183 | printf(" register unsigned long accum = 0;\n\n"); | |
5184 | ||
5185 | while (GET_CODE (p) == IOR) | |
5186 | { | |
5187 | rtx e; | |
5188 | if (GET_CODE (XEXP (p, 0)) == IOR) | |
5189 | e = XEXP (p, 1), p = XEXP (p, 0); | |
5190 | else | |
5191 | e = XEXP (p, 0), p = XEXP (p, 1); | |
5192 | ||
5193 | printf (" accum |= "); | |
5194 | write_test_expr (e, 3); | |
5195 | printf (";\n"); | |
5196 | } | |
5197 | printf (" accum |= "); | |
5198 | write_test_expr (p, 3); | |
5199 | printf (";\n"); | |
5200 | } | |
5201 | \f | |
41299f41 TW |
5202 | /* Utilities to write names in various forms. */ |
5203 | ||
5204 | static void | |
5205 | write_attr_valueq (attr, s) | |
5206 | struct attr_desc *attr; | |
5207 | char *s; | |
5208 | { | |
5209 | if (attr->is_numeric) | |
bee757e1 TW |
5210 | { |
5211 | printf ("%s", s); | |
5212 | /* Make the blockage range values easier to read. */ | |
5213 | if (strlen (s) > 1) | |
5214 | printf (" /* 0x%x */", atoi (s)); | |
5215 | } | |
41299f41 TW |
5216 | else |
5217 | { | |
5218 | write_upcase (attr->name); | |
5219 | printf ("_"); | |
5220 | write_upcase (s); | |
5221 | } | |
5222 | } | |
5223 | ||
5224 | static void | |
5225 | write_attr_value (attr, value) | |
5226 | struct attr_desc *attr; | |
5227 | rtx value; | |
5228 | { | |
5229 | if (GET_CODE (value) != CONST_STRING) | |
5230 | abort (); | |
5231 | ||
5232 | write_attr_valueq (attr, XSTR (value, 0)); | |
5233 | } | |
5234 | ||
5235 | static void | |
5236 | write_upcase (str) | |
5237 | char *str; | |
5238 | { | |
5239 | while (*str) | |
5240 | if (*str < 'a' || *str > 'z') | |
5241 | printf ("%c", *str++); | |
5242 | else | |
5243 | printf ("%c", *str++ - 'a' + 'A'); | |
5244 | } | |
5245 | ||
5246 | static void | |
5247 | write_indent (indent) | |
5248 | int indent; | |
5249 | { | |
5250 | for (; indent > 8; indent -= 8) | |
5251 | printf ("\t"); | |
5252 | ||
5253 | for (; indent; indent--) | |
5254 | printf (" "); | |
5255 | } | |
5256 | \f | |
5257 | /* Write a subroutine that is given an insn that requires a delay slot, a | |
5258 | delay slot ordinal, and a candidate insn. It returns non-zero if the | |
5259 | candidate can be placed in the specified delay slot of the insn. | |
5260 | ||
5261 | We can write as many as three subroutines. `eligible_for_delay' | |
5262 | handles normal delay slots, `eligible_for_annul_true' indicates that | |
5263 | the specified insn can be annulled if the branch is true, and likewise | |
5264 | for `eligible_for_annul_false'. | |
5265 | ||
6dc42e49 | 5266 | KIND is a string distinguishing these three cases ("delay", "annul_true", |
41299f41 TW |
5267 | or "annul_false"). */ |
5268 | ||
5269 | static void | |
5270 | write_eligible_delay (kind) | |
5271 | char *kind; | |
5272 | { | |
5273 | struct delay_desc *delay; | |
5274 | int max_slots; | |
5275 | char str[50]; | |
5276 | struct attr_desc *attr; | |
5277 | struct attr_value *av, *common_av; | |
5278 | int i; | |
5279 | ||
5280 | /* Compute the maximum number of delay slots required. We use the delay | |
5281 | ordinal times this number plus one, plus the slot number as an index into | |
5282 | the appropriate predicate to test. */ | |
5283 | ||
5284 | for (delay = delays, max_slots = 0; delay; delay = delay->next) | |
5285 | if (XVECLEN (delay->def, 1) / 3 > max_slots) | |
5286 | max_slots = XVECLEN (delay->def, 1) / 3; | |
5287 | ||
5288 | /* Write function prelude. */ | |
5289 | ||
5290 | printf ("int\n"); | |
0b0316dc JL |
5291 | printf ("eligible_for_%s (delay_insn, slot, candidate_insn, flags)\n", |
5292 | kind); | |
41299f41 TW |
5293 | printf (" rtx delay_insn;\n"); |
5294 | printf (" int slot;\n"); | |
5295 | printf (" rtx candidate_insn;\n"); | |
0b0316dc | 5296 | printf (" int flags;\n"); |
41299f41 TW |
5297 | printf ("{\n"); |
5298 | printf (" rtx insn;\n"); | |
5299 | printf ("\n"); | |
5300 | printf (" if (slot >= %d)\n", max_slots); | |
5301 | printf (" abort ();\n"); | |
5302 | printf ("\n"); | |
5303 | ||
5304 | /* If more than one delay type, find out which type the delay insn is. */ | |
5305 | ||
5306 | if (num_delays > 1) | |
5307 | { | |
412dc348 | 5308 | attr = find_attr ("*delay_type", 0); |
41299f41 TW |
5309 | if (! attr) abort (); |
5310 | common_av = find_most_used (attr); | |
5311 | ||
5312 | printf (" insn = delay_insn;\n"); | |
5313 | printf (" switch (recog_memoized (insn))\n"); | |
5314 | printf (" {\n"); | |
5315 | ||
5316 | sprintf (str, " * %d;\n break;", max_slots); | |
5317 | for (av = attr->first_value; av; av = av->next) | |
5318 | if (av != common_av) | |
5319 | write_attr_case (attr, av, 1, "slot +=", str, 4, true_rtx); | |
5320 | ||
5321 | write_attr_case (attr, common_av, 0, "slot +=", str, 4, true_rtx); | |
5322 | printf (" }\n\n"); | |
5323 | ||
5324 | /* Ensure matched. Otherwise, shouldn't have been called. */ | |
5325 | printf (" if (slot < %d)\n", max_slots); | |
5326 | printf (" abort ();\n\n"); | |
5327 | } | |
5328 | ||
5329 | /* If just one type of delay slot, write simple switch. */ | |
5330 | if (num_delays == 1 && max_slots == 1) | |
5331 | { | |
5332 | printf (" insn = candidate_insn;\n"); | |
5333 | printf (" switch (recog_memoized (insn))\n"); | |
5334 | printf (" {\n"); | |
5335 | ||
5336 | attr = find_attr ("*delay_1_0", 0); | |
5337 | if (! attr) abort (); | |
5338 | common_av = find_most_used (attr); | |
5339 | ||
5340 | for (av = attr->first_value; av; av = av->next) | |
5341 | if (av != common_av) | |
5342 | write_attr_case (attr, av, 1, "return", ";", 4, true_rtx); | |
5343 | ||
5344 | write_attr_case (attr, common_av, 0, "return", ";", 4, true_rtx); | |
5345 | printf (" }\n"); | |
5346 | } | |
5347 | ||
5348 | else | |
5349 | { | |
5350 | /* Write a nested CASE. The first indicates which condition we need to | |
5351 | test, and the inner CASE tests the condition. */ | |
5352 | printf (" insn = candidate_insn;\n"); | |
5353 | printf (" switch (slot)\n"); | |
5354 | printf (" {\n"); | |
5355 | ||
5356 | for (delay = delays; delay; delay = delay->next) | |
5357 | for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (delay->def, 1); i += 3) | |
5358 | { | |
5359 | printf (" case %d:\n", | |
5360 | (i / 3) + (num_delays == 1 ? 0 : delay->num * max_slots)); | |
5361 | printf (" switch (recog_memoized (insn))\n"); | |
5362 | printf ("\t{\n"); | |
5363 | ||
5364 | sprintf (str, "*%s_%d_%d", kind, delay->num, i / 3); | |
5365 | attr = find_attr (str, 0); | |
5366 | if (! attr) abort (); | |
5367 | common_av = find_most_used (attr); | |
5368 | ||
5369 | for (av = attr->first_value; av; av = av->next) | |
5370 | if (av != common_av) | |
5371 | write_attr_case (attr, av, 1, "return", ";", 8, true_rtx); | |
5372 | ||
5373 | write_attr_case (attr, common_av, 0, "return", ";", 8, true_rtx); | |
5374 | printf (" }\n"); | |
5375 | } | |
5376 | ||
5377 | printf (" default:\n"); | |
5378 | printf (" abort ();\n"); | |
5379 | printf (" }\n"); | |
5380 | } | |
5381 | ||
5382 | printf ("}\n\n"); | |
5383 | } | |
5384 | \f | |
5385 | /* Write routines to compute conflict cost for function units. Then write a | |
5386 | table describing the available function units. */ | |
5387 | ||
5388 | static void | |
5389 | write_function_unit_info () | |
5390 | { | |
5391 | struct function_unit *unit; | |
41299f41 TW |
5392 | int i; |
5393 | ||
5394 | /* Write out conflict routines for function units. Don't bother writing | |
bee757e1 | 5395 | one if there is only one issue delay value. */ |
41299f41 TW |
5396 | |
5397 | for (unit = units; unit; unit = unit->next) | |
5398 | { | |
bee757e1 TW |
5399 | if (unit->needs_blockage_function) |
5400 | write_complex_function (unit, "blockage", "block"); | |
72f1215c TW |
5401 | |
5402 | /* If the minimum and maximum conflict costs are the same, there | |
5403 | is only one value, so we don't need a function. */ | |
bee757e1 | 5404 | if (! unit->needs_conflict_function) |
41299f41 | 5405 | { |
bee757e1 | 5406 | unit->default_cost = make_numeric_value (unit->issue_delay.max); |
72f1215c | 5407 | continue; |
41299f41 TW |
5408 | } |
5409 | ||
5410 | /* The function first computes the case from the candidate insn. */ | |
41299f41 | 5411 | unit->default_cost = make_numeric_value (0); |
bee757e1 | 5412 | write_complex_function (unit, "conflict_cost", "cost"); |
41299f41 TW |
5413 | } |
5414 | ||
5415 | /* Now that all functions have been written, write the table describing | |
6dc42e49 | 5416 | the function units. The name is included for documentation purposes |
41299f41 TW |
5417 | only. */ |
5418 | ||
5419 | printf ("struct function_unit_desc function_units[] = {\n"); | |
5420 | ||
72f1215c TW |
5421 | /* Write out the descriptions in numeric order, but don't force that order |
5422 | on the list. Doing so increases the runtime of genattrtab.c. */ | |
5423 | for (i = 0; i < num_units; i++) | |
41299f41 | 5424 | { |
72f1215c TW |
5425 | for (unit = units; unit; unit = unit->next) |
5426 | if (unit->num == i) | |
5427 | break; | |
5428 | ||
bee757e1 | 5429 | printf (" {\"%s\", %d, %d, %d, %s, %d, %s_unit_ready_cost, ", |
41299f41 | 5430 | unit->name, 1 << unit->num, unit->multiplicity, |
72f1215c | 5431 | unit->simultaneity, XSTR (unit->default_cost, 0), |
bee757e1 | 5432 | unit->issue_delay.max, unit->name); |
41299f41 TW |
5433 | |
5434 | if (unit->needs_conflict_function) | |
bee757e1 TW |
5435 | printf ("%s_unit_conflict_cost, ", unit->name); |
5436 | else | |
5437 | printf ("0, "); | |
5438 | ||
5439 | printf ("%d, ", unit->max_blockage); | |
5440 | ||
5441 | if (unit->needs_range_function) | |
5442 | printf ("%s_unit_blockage_range, ", unit->name); | |
5443 | else | |
5444 | printf ("0, "); | |
5445 | ||
5446 | if (unit->needs_blockage_function) | |
5447 | printf ("%s_unit_blockage", unit->name); | |
41299f41 TW |
5448 | else |
5449 | printf ("0"); | |
5450 | ||
5451 | printf ("}, \n"); | |
5452 | } | |
5453 | ||
5454 | printf ("};\n\n"); | |
5455 | } | |
bee757e1 TW |
5456 | |
5457 | static void | |
5458 | write_complex_function (unit, name, connection) | |
5459 | struct function_unit *unit; | |
5460 | char *name, *connection; | |
5461 | { | |
5462 | struct attr_desc *case_attr, *attr; | |
5463 | struct attr_value *av, *common_av; | |
5464 | rtx value; | |
5465 | char *str; | |
5466 | int using_case; | |
5467 | int i; | |
5468 | ||
5469 | printf ("static int\n"); | |
5470 | printf ("%s_unit_%s (executing_insn, candidate_insn)\n", | |
5471 | unit->name, name); | |
5472 | printf (" rtx executing_insn;\n"); | |
5473 | printf (" rtx candidate_insn;\n"); | |
5474 | printf ("{\n"); | |
5475 | printf (" rtx insn;\n"); | |
5476 | printf (" int casenum;\n\n"); | |
cb1520bc | 5477 | printf (" insn = executing_insn;\n"); |
bee757e1 TW |
5478 | printf (" switch (recog_memoized (insn))\n"); |
5479 | printf (" {\n"); | |
5480 | ||
5481 | /* Write the `switch' statement to get the case value. */ | |
5482 | str = (char *) alloca (strlen (unit->name) + strlen (name) + strlen (connection) + 10); | |
5483 | sprintf (str, "*%s_cases", unit->name); | |
5484 | case_attr = find_attr (str, 0); | |
5485 | if (! case_attr) abort (); | |
5486 | common_av = find_most_used (case_attr); | |
5487 | ||
5488 | for (av = case_attr->first_value; av; av = av->next) | |
5489 | if (av != common_av) | |
5490 | write_attr_case (case_attr, av, 1, | |
5491 | "casenum =", ";", 4, unit->condexp); | |
5492 | ||
5493 | write_attr_case (case_attr, common_av, 0, | |
5494 | "casenum =", ";", 4, unit->condexp); | |
5495 | printf (" }\n\n"); | |
5496 | ||
5497 | /* Now write an outer switch statement on each case. Then write | |
5498 | the tests on the executing function within each. */ | |
cb1520bc | 5499 | printf (" insn = candidate_insn;\n"); |
bee757e1 TW |
5500 | printf (" switch (casenum)\n"); |
5501 | printf (" {\n"); | |
5502 | ||
5503 | for (i = 0; i < unit->num_opclasses; i++) | |
5504 | { | |
5505 | /* Ensure using this case. */ | |
5506 | using_case = 0; | |
5507 | for (av = case_attr->first_value; av; av = av->next) | |
5508 | if (av->num_insns | |
5509 | && contained_in_p (make_numeric_value (i), av->value)) | |
5510 | using_case = 1; | |
5511 | ||
5512 | if (! using_case) | |
5513 | continue; | |
5514 | ||
5515 | printf (" case %d:\n", i); | |
5516 | sprintf (str, "*%s_%s_%d", unit->name, connection, i); | |
5517 | attr = find_attr (str, 0); | |
5518 | if (! attr) abort (); | |
5519 | ||
5520 | /* If single value, just write it. */ | |
5521 | value = find_single_value (attr); | |
5522 | if (value) | |
f75d38a7 | 5523 | write_attr_set (attr, 6, value, "return", ";\n", true_rtx, -2, -2); |
bee757e1 TW |
5524 | else |
5525 | { | |
5526 | common_av = find_most_used (attr); | |
5527 | printf (" switch (recog_memoized (insn))\n"); | |
5528 | printf ("\t{\n"); | |
5529 | ||
5530 | for (av = attr->first_value; av; av = av->next) | |
5531 | if (av != common_av) | |
5532 | write_attr_case (attr, av, 1, | |
5533 | "return", ";", 8, unit->condexp); | |
5534 | ||
5535 | write_attr_case (attr, common_av, 0, | |
5536 | "return", ";", 8, unit->condexp); | |
5537 | printf (" }\n\n"); | |
5538 | } | |
5539 | } | |
5540 | ||
2e61a5a5 JL |
5541 | /* This default case should not be needed, but gcc's analysis is not |
5542 | good enough to realize that the default case is not needed for the | |
5543 | second switch statement. */ | |
5544 | printf (" default:\n abort ();\n"); | |
bee757e1 TW |
5545 | printf (" }\n}\n\n"); |
5546 | } | |
41299f41 TW |
5547 | \f |
5548 | /* This page contains miscellaneous utility routines. */ | |
5549 | ||
5550 | /* Given a string, return the number of comma-separated elements in it. | |
5551 | Return 0 for the null string. */ | |
5552 | ||
5553 | static int | |
5554 | n_comma_elts (s) | |
5555 | char *s; | |
5556 | { | |
5557 | int n; | |
5558 | ||
5559 | if (*s == '\0') | |
5560 | return 0; | |
5561 | ||
5562 | for (n = 1; *s; s++) | |
5563 | if (*s == ',') | |
5564 | n++; | |
5565 | ||
5566 | return n; | |
5567 | } | |
5568 | ||
5569 | /* Given a pointer to a (char *), return a malloc'ed string containing the | |
5570 | next comma-separated element. Advance the pointer to after the string | |
5571 | scanned, or the end-of-string. Return NULL if at end of string. */ | |
5572 | ||
5573 | static char * | |
5574 | next_comma_elt (pstr) | |
5575 | char **pstr; | |
5576 | { | |
5577 | char *out_str; | |
5578 | char *p; | |
5579 | ||
5580 | if (**pstr == '\0') | |
5581 | return NULL; | |
5582 | ||
5583 | /* Find end of string to compute length. */ | |
5584 | for (p = *pstr; *p != ',' && *p != '\0'; p++) | |
5585 | ; | |
5586 | ||
3e7b5313 TW |
5587 | out_str = attr_string (*pstr, p - *pstr); |
5588 | *pstr = p; | |
41299f41 | 5589 | |
41299f41 TW |
5590 | if (**pstr == ',') |
5591 | (*pstr)++; | |
5592 | ||
5593 | return out_str; | |
5594 | } | |
5595 | ||
5596 | /* Return a `struct attr_desc' pointer for a given named attribute. If CREATE | |
5597 | is non-zero, build a new attribute, if one does not exist. */ | |
5598 | ||
5599 | static struct attr_desc * | |
5600 | find_attr (name, create) | |
5601 | char *name; | |
5602 | int create; | |
5603 | { | |
5604 | struct attr_desc *attr; | |
3715a518 | 5605 | int index; |
41299f41 TW |
5606 | |
5607 | /* Before we resort to using `strcmp', see if the string address matches | |
5608 | anywhere. In most cases, it should have been canonicalized to do so. */ | |
5609 | if (name == alternative_name) | |
5610 | return NULL; | |
5611 | ||
3715a518 RS |
5612 | index = name[0] & (MAX_ATTRS_INDEX - 1); |
5613 | for (attr = attrs[index]; attr; attr = attr->next) | |
41299f41 TW |
5614 | if (name == attr->name) |
5615 | return attr; | |
5616 | ||
5617 | /* Otherwise, do it the slow way. */ | |
3715a518 | 5618 | for (attr = attrs[index]; attr; attr = attr->next) |
81fd4c6e | 5619 | if (name[0] == attr->name[0] && ! strcmp (name, attr->name)) |
41299f41 TW |
5620 | return attr; |
5621 | ||
5622 | if (! create) | |
5623 | return NULL; | |
5624 | ||
0e9414fd | 5625 | attr = (struct attr_desc *) oballoc (sizeof (struct attr_desc)); |
3715a518 | 5626 | attr->name = attr_string (name, strlen (name)); |
41299f41 | 5627 | attr->first_value = attr->default_val = NULL; |
72f1215c | 5628 | attr->is_numeric = attr->negative_ok = attr->is_const = attr->is_special = 0; |
3715a518 RS |
5629 | attr->next = attrs[index]; |
5630 | attrs[index] = attr; | |
41299f41 TW |
5631 | |
5632 | return attr; | |
5633 | } | |
5634 | ||
5635 | /* Create internal attribute with the given default value. */ | |
5636 | ||
5637 | static void | |
5638 | make_internal_attr (name, value, special) | |
5639 | char *name; | |
5640 | rtx value; | |
5641 | int special; | |
5642 | { | |
5643 | struct attr_desc *attr; | |
5644 | ||
5645 | attr = find_attr (name, 1); | |
5646 | if (attr->default_val) | |
5647 | abort (); | |
5648 | ||
5649 | attr->is_numeric = 1; | |
3e7b5313 | 5650 | attr->is_const = 0; |
72f1215c TW |
5651 | attr->is_special = (special & 1) != 0; |
5652 | attr->negative_ok = (special & 2) != 0; | |
bee757e1 | 5653 | attr->unsigned_p = (special & 4) != 0; |
41299f41 TW |
5654 | attr->default_val = get_attr_value (value, attr, -2); |
5655 | } | |
5656 | ||
5657 | /* Find the most used value of an attribute. */ | |
5658 | ||
5659 | static struct attr_value * | |
5660 | find_most_used (attr) | |
5661 | struct attr_desc *attr; | |
5662 | { | |
5663 | struct attr_value *av; | |
5664 | struct attr_value *most_used; | |
5665 | int nuses; | |
5666 | ||
5667 | most_used = NULL; | |
5668 | nuses = -1; | |
5669 | ||
5670 | for (av = attr->first_value; av; av = av->next) | |
5671 | if (av->num_insns > nuses) | |
5672 | nuses = av->num_insns, most_used = av; | |
5673 | ||
5674 | return most_used; | |
5675 | } | |
5676 | ||
5677 | /* If an attribute only has a single value used, return it. Otherwise | |
5678 | return NULL. */ | |
5679 | ||
5680 | static rtx | |
5681 | find_single_value (attr) | |
5682 | struct attr_desc *attr; | |
5683 | { | |
5684 | struct attr_value *av; | |
5685 | rtx unique_value; | |
5686 | ||
5687 | unique_value = NULL; | |
5688 | for (av = attr->first_value; av; av = av->next) | |
5689 | if (av->num_insns) | |
5690 | { | |
5691 | if (unique_value) | |
5692 | return NULL; | |
5693 | else | |
5694 | unique_value = av->value; | |
5695 | } | |
5696 | ||
5697 | return unique_value; | |
5698 | } | |
5699 | ||
5700 | /* Return (attr_value "n") */ | |
5701 | ||
5702 | static rtx | |
5703 | make_numeric_value (n) | |
5704 | int n; | |
5705 | { | |
5706 | static rtx int_values[20]; | |
5707 | rtx exp; | |
3e7b5313 | 5708 | char *p; |
41299f41 TW |
5709 | |
5710 | if (n < 0) | |
5711 | abort (); | |
5712 | ||
5713 | if (n < 20 && int_values[n]) | |
5714 | return int_values[n]; | |
5715 | ||
0e9414fd | 5716 | p = attr_printf (MAX_DIGITS, "%d", n); |
3e7b5313 | 5717 | exp = attr_rtx (CONST_STRING, p); |
41299f41 TW |
5718 | |
5719 | if (n < 20) | |
5720 | int_values[n] = exp; | |
5721 | ||
5722 | return exp; | |
5723 | } | |
5724 | \f | |
bee757e1 TW |
5725 | static void |
5726 | extend_range (range, min, max) | |
5727 | struct range *range; | |
5728 | int min; | |
5729 | int max; | |
5730 | { | |
5731 | if (range->min > min) range->min = min; | |
5732 | if (range->max < max) range->max = max; | |
5733 | } | |
5734 | ||
41299f41 TW |
5735 | char * |
5736 | xrealloc (ptr, size) | |
5737 | char *ptr; | |
5738 | unsigned size; | |
5739 | { | |
5740 | char *result = (char *) realloc (ptr, size); | |
5741 | if (!result) | |
5742 | fatal ("virtual memory exhausted"); | |
5743 | return result; | |
5744 | } | |
5745 | ||
5746 | char * | |
5747 | xmalloc (size) | |
5748 | unsigned size; | |
5749 | { | |
5750 | register char *val = (char *) malloc (size); | |
5751 | ||
5752 | if (val == 0) | |
5753 | fatal ("virtual memory exhausted"); | |
5754 | return val; | |
5755 | } | |
5756 | ||
7339c88d RS |
5757 | static rtx |
5758 | copy_rtx_unchanging (orig) | |
5759 | register rtx orig; | |
5760 | { | |
b5b6ad46 | 5761 | #if 0 |
7339c88d RS |
5762 | register rtx copy; |
5763 | register RTX_CODE code; | |
b5b6ad46 | 5764 | #endif |
7339c88d | 5765 | |
85093b9c | 5766 | if (RTX_UNCHANGING_P (orig) || MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (orig)) |
81fd4c6e RS |
5767 | return orig; |
5768 | ||
85093b9c RS |
5769 | MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (orig) = 1; |
5770 | return orig; | |
7339c88d | 5771 | |
85093b9c RS |
5772 | #if 0 |
5773 | code = GET_CODE (orig); | |
7339c88d RS |
5774 | switch (code) |
5775 | { | |
5776 | case CONST_INT: | |
5777 | case CONST_DOUBLE: | |
5778 | case SYMBOL_REF: | |
5779 | case CODE_LABEL: | |
5780 | return orig; | |
e9a25f70 JL |
5781 | |
5782 | default: | |
5783 | break; | |
7339c88d RS |
5784 | } |
5785 | ||
5786 | copy = rtx_alloc (code); | |
5787 | PUT_MODE (copy, GET_MODE (orig)); | |
5788 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P (copy) = 1; | |
5789 | ||
4c9a05bc | 5790 | bcopy ((char *) &XEXP (orig, 0), (char *) &XEXP (copy, 0), |
7339c88d RS |
5791 | GET_RTX_LENGTH (GET_CODE (copy)) * sizeof (rtx)); |
5792 | return copy; | |
85093b9c | 5793 | #endif |
7339c88d RS |
5794 | } |
5795 | ||
41299f41 TW |
5796 | static void |
5797 | fatal (s, a1, a2) | |
5798 | char *s; | |
685db9cd | 5799 | char *a1, *a2; |
41299f41 TW |
5800 | { |
5801 | fprintf (stderr, "genattrtab: "); | |
5802 | fprintf (stderr, s, a1, a2); | |
5803 | fprintf (stderr, "\n"); | |
5804 | exit (FATAL_EXIT_CODE); | |
5805 | } | |
5806 | ||
5807 | /* More 'friendly' abort that prints the line and file. | |
5808 | config.h can #define abort fancy_abort if you like that sort of thing. */ | |
5809 | ||
5810 | void | |
5811 | fancy_abort () | |
5812 | { | |
5813 | fatal ("Internal gcc abort."); | |
5814 | } | |
a9ab5e00 | 5815 | |
d7c665bf RK |
5816 | /* Determine if an insn has a constant number of delay slots, i.e., the |
5817 | number of delay slots is not a function of the length of the insn. */ | |
5818 | ||
a9ab5e00 TM |
5819 | void |
5820 | write_const_num_delay_slots () | |
5821 | { | |
5822 | struct attr_desc *attr = find_attr ("*num_delay_slots", 0); | |
5823 | struct attr_value *av; | |
5824 | struct insn_ent *ie; | |
a9ab5e00 TM |
5825 | |
5826 | if (attr) | |
5827 | { | |
5828 | printf ("int\nconst_num_delay_slots (insn)\n"); | |
dea2643c | 5829 | printf (" rtx insn;\n"); |
a9ab5e00 TM |
5830 | printf ("{\n"); |
5831 | printf (" switch (recog_memoized (insn))\n"); | |
5832 | printf (" {\n"); | |
5833 | ||
5834 | for (av = attr->first_value; av; av = av->next) | |
d7c665bf RK |
5835 | { |
5836 | length_used = 0; | |
5837 | walk_attr_value (av->value); | |
5838 | if (length_used) | |
5839 | { | |
5840 | for (ie = av->first_insn; ie; ie = ie->next) | |
a9ab5e00 TM |
5841 | if (ie->insn_code != -1) |
5842 | printf (" case %d:\n", ie->insn_code); | |
d7c665bf RK |
5843 | printf (" return 0;\n"); |
5844 | } | |
5845 | } | |
5846 | ||
a9ab5e00 TM |
5847 | printf (" default:\n"); |
5848 | printf (" return 1;\n"); | |
fc470718 | 5849 | printf (" }\n}\n\n"); |
a9ab5e00 TM |
5850 | } |
5851 | } | |
5852 | ||
41299f41 TW |
5853 | \f |
5854 | int | |
5855 | main (argc, argv) | |
5856 | int argc; | |
5857 | char **argv; | |
5858 | { | |
5859 | rtx desc; | |
5860 | FILE *infile; | |
41299f41 TW |
5861 | register int c; |
5862 | struct attr_desc *attr; | |
41299f41 TW |
5863 | struct insn_def *id; |
5864 | rtx tem; | |
3715a518 | 5865 | int i; |
41299f41 | 5866 | |
95b8c0c8 | 5867 | #if defined (RLIMIT_STACK) && defined (HAVE_GETRLIMIT) && defined (HAVE_SETRLIMIT) |
f0cdf2b2 RK |
5868 | /* Get rid of any avoidable limit on stack size. */ |
5869 | { | |
5870 | struct rlimit rlim; | |
5871 | ||
0f41302f | 5872 | /* Set the stack limit huge so that alloca does not fail. */ |
f0cdf2b2 RK |
5873 | getrlimit (RLIMIT_STACK, &rlim); |
5874 | rlim.rlim_cur = rlim.rlim_max; | |
5875 | setrlimit (RLIMIT_STACK, &rlim); | |
5876 | } | |
c85f7c16 | 5877 | #endif |
f0cdf2b2 | 5878 | |
41299f41 | 5879 | obstack_init (rtl_obstack); |
7339c88d | 5880 | obstack_init (hash_obstack); |
81fd4c6e | 5881 | obstack_init (temp_obstack); |
41299f41 TW |
5882 | |
5883 | if (argc <= 1) | |
5884 | fatal ("No input file name."); | |
5885 | ||
5886 | infile = fopen (argv[1], "r"); | |
5887 | if (infile == 0) | |
5888 | { | |
5889 | perror (argv[1]); | |
5890 | exit (FATAL_EXIT_CODE); | |
5891 | } | |
5892 | ||
5893 | init_rtl (); | |
5894 | ||
5895 | /* Set up true and false rtx's */ | |
81fd4c6e | 5896 | true_rtx = rtx_alloc (CONST_INT); |
3d678dca | 5897 | XWINT (true_rtx, 0) = 1; |
81fd4c6e | 5898 | false_rtx = rtx_alloc (CONST_INT); |
3d678dca | 5899 | XWINT (false_rtx, 0) = 0; |
41299f41 | 5900 | RTX_UNCHANGING_P (true_rtx) = RTX_UNCHANGING_P (false_rtx) = 1; |
81fd4c6e RS |
5901 | RTX_INTEGRATED_P (true_rtx) = RTX_INTEGRATED_P (false_rtx) = 1; |
5902 | ||
5903 | alternative_name = attr_string ("alternative", strlen ("alternative")); | |
41299f41 TW |
5904 | |
5905 | printf ("/* Generated automatically by the program `genattrtab'\n\ | |
5906 | from the machine description file `md'. */\n\n"); | |
5907 | ||
5908 | /* Read the machine description. */ | |
5909 | ||
5910 | while (1) | |
5911 | { | |
5912 | c = read_skip_spaces (infile); | |
5913 | if (c == EOF) | |
5914 | break; | |
5915 | ungetc (c, infile); | |
5916 | ||
5917 | desc = read_rtx (infile); | |
5918 | if (GET_CODE (desc) == DEFINE_INSN | |
5919 | || GET_CODE (desc) == DEFINE_PEEPHOLE | |
5920 | || GET_CODE (desc) == DEFINE_ASM_ATTRIBUTES) | |
5921 | gen_insn (desc); | |
5922 | ||
5923 | else if (GET_CODE (desc) == DEFINE_EXPAND) | |
5924 | insn_code_number++, insn_index_number++; | |
5925 | ||
5926 | else if (GET_CODE (desc) == DEFINE_SPLIT) | |
5927 | insn_code_number++, insn_index_number++; | |
5928 | ||
5929 | else if (GET_CODE (desc) == DEFINE_ATTR) | |
5930 | { | |
5931 | gen_attr (desc); | |
5932 | insn_index_number++; | |
5933 | } | |
5934 | ||
5935 | else if (GET_CODE (desc) == DEFINE_DELAY) | |
5936 | { | |
5937 | gen_delay (desc); | |
5938 | insn_index_number++; | |
5939 | } | |
5940 | ||
5941 | else if (GET_CODE (desc) == DEFINE_FUNCTION_UNIT) | |
5942 | { | |
5943 | gen_unit (desc); | |
5944 | insn_index_number++; | |
5945 | } | |
5946 | } | |
5947 | ||
5948 | /* If we didn't have a DEFINE_ASM_ATTRIBUTES, make a null one. */ | |
5949 | if (! got_define_asm_attributes) | |
5950 | { | |
5951 | tem = rtx_alloc (DEFINE_ASM_ATTRIBUTES); | |
5952 | XVEC (tem, 0) = rtvec_alloc (0); | |
5953 | gen_insn (tem); | |
5954 | } | |
5955 | ||
5956 | /* Expand DEFINE_DELAY information into new attribute. */ | |
5957 | if (num_delays) | |
5958 | expand_delays (); | |
5959 | ||
5960 | /* Expand DEFINE_FUNCTION_UNIT information into new attributes. */ | |
5961 | if (num_units) | |
5962 | expand_units (); | |
5963 | ||
5964 | printf ("#include \"config.h\"\n"); | |
729da3f5 | 5965 | printf ("#include \"system.h\"\n"); |
41299f41 TW |
5966 | printf ("#include \"rtl.h\"\n"); |
5967 | printf ("#include \"insn-config.h\"\n"); | |
5968 | printf ("#include \"recog.h\"\n"); | |
5969 | printf ("#include \"regs.h\"\n"); | |
5970 | printf ("#include \"real.h\"\n"); | |
5971 | printf ("#include \"output.h\"\n"); | |
5972 | printf ("#include \"insn-attr.h\"\n"); | |
5973 | printf ("\n"); | |
5974 | printf ("#define operands recog_operand\n\n"); | |
5975 | ||
5976 | /* Make `insn_alternatives'. */ | |
0e9414fd | 5977 | insn_alternatives = (int *) oballoc (insn_code_number * sizeof (int)); |
41299f41 TW |
5978 | for (id = defs; id; id = id->next) |
5979 | if (id->insn_code >= 0) | |
5980 | insn_alternatives[id->insn_code] = (1 << id->num_alternatives) - 1; | |
5981 | ||
3715a518 | 5982 | /* Make `insn_n_alternatives'. */ |
0e9414fd | 5983 | insn_n_alternatives = (int *) oballoc (insn_code_number * sizeof (int)); |
3715a518 RS |
5984 | for (id = defs; id; id = id->next) |
5985 | if (id->insn_code >= 0) | |
5986 | insn_n_alternatives[id->insn_code] = id->num_alternatives; | |
5987 | ||
41299f41 TW |
5988 | /* Prepare to write out attribute subroutines by checking everything stored |
5989 | away and building the attribute cases. */ | |
5990 | ||
5991 | check_defs (); | |
3715a518 RS |
5992 | for (i = 0; i < MAX_ATTRS_INDEX; i++) |
5993 | for (attr = attrs[i]; attr; attr = attr->next) | |
5994 | { | |
5995 | attr->default_val->value | |
5996 | = check_attr_value (attr->default_val->value, attr); | |
5997 | fill_attr (attr); | |
5998 | } | |
41299f41 TW |
5999 | |
6000 | /* Construct extra attributes for `length'. */ | |
6001 | make_length_attrs (); | |
6002 | ||
0f41302f | 6003 | /* Perform any possible optimizations to speed up compilation. */ |
41299f41 TW |
6004 | optimize_attrs (); |
6005 | ||
6006 | /* Now write out all the `gen_attr_...' routines. Do these before the | |
6007 | special routines (specifically before write_function_unit_info), so | |
6008 | that they get defined before they are used. */ | |
6009 | ||
3715a518 RS |
6010 | for (i = 0; i < MAX_ATTRS_INDEX; i++) |
6011 | for (attr = attrs[i]; attr; attr = attr->next) | |
6012 | { | |
71d9b493 | 6013 | if (! attr->is_special && ! attr->is_const) |
3715a518 RS |
6014 | write_attr_get (attr); |
6015 | } | |
41299f41 TW |
6016 | |
6017 | /* Write out delay eligibility information, if DEFINE_DELAY present. | |
6018 | (The function to compute the number of delay slots will be written | |
6019 | below.) */ | |
6020 | if (num_delays) | |
6021 | { | |
6022 | write_eligible_delay ("delay"); | |
6023 | if (have_annul_true) | |
6024 | write_eligible_delay ("annul_true"); | |
6025 | if (have_annul_false) | |
6026 | write_eligible_delay ("annul_false"); | |
6027 | } | |
6028 | ||
6029 | /* Write out information about function units. */ | |
6030 | if (num_units) | |
6031 | write_function_unit_info (); | |
6032 | ||
a9ab5e00 TM |
6033 | /* Write out constant delay slot info */ |
6034 | write_const_num_delay_slots (); | |
6035 | ||
fc470718 R |
6036 | write_length_unit_log (); |
6037 | ||
41299f41 TW |
6038 | fflush (stdout); |
6039 | exit (ferror (stdout) != 0 ? FATAL_EXIT_CODE : SUCCESS_EXIT_CODE); | |
6040 | /* NOTREACHED */ | |
6041 | return 0; | |
6042 | } |